fi p

im l ifieh fi rien tifir

A5 rn ng y
BY MA X HEINDEL

A C O M P LET E T EX T BO O K O N TH E
A R T O F ER EC TI NG A H O R O S C O P E

Ph il o so p h i c En c y c l o p e d ia
an d

TA B L ES OF PLA NETA RY H OURS

FI FTH ED I TI ON

Wire M m g fl ufixsl fi
e
p
In t e rn ati o n al H e adqu arte rs
M r ECC LESI A
.

OCEAN SID E CALIFORNI A

,

LONDON
L N
. . FOW LER Co .
,
7I MP ERIAL A RCADE
L UDGATE CIR C U S
 C OP YR IGHT 1 9 19
BY

M RS . HEI NDEL
M AX
FELLO WSHIP PRESS

P ri n t e d in t h e U n i t e d St a t e s o f Am e r ic a
 I NT R O D U C T I O N

THE PRAC TI CAL VALUE OF AS TROLOG Y

H ERE i s a si de of
the M o on whi ch we n ever se e .

but that hi dden hal f is as p ote n t a fa ct o r in c aus

’
in g the e b b an d fl o w o f the earth s t i de as the part o f ,

the M o on whi ch is vi si ble Simil arl y the re i s an in

.
,

vi si bl e part o f m an whi c h exerts a p o w e rful i n fl uen c e

in li fe a n d as t h e t i de s are m e asured by the m o ti on

,

o f t h e Sun an d M o on so al so t he e v e n tual it i e s o f ex
,

i st e n c e are m e asured by t he c i rcl in g st ar s whi ch may ,

th e refo re b e call ed the Cl o ck o f D estin y an d kn o w ,

!

l edge o f the i r imp o rt is an i m m e n se p o w e r f o r t o the ,

c o m p e t e n t astrol o ger t h e ho r o sco pe reveal s every

se cr e t o f l i f e .

Thu s when y ou have gi ven an astro l o ger the data

,

o f y o ur b i rt h y o u have gi ve n hi m the ke y t o y o ur i n
,

n e r m o st so ul an d there i s n o se c ret that he may n o t

,

f e rre t o ut Thi s kn owl e dge may b e used f o r go o d o r

.

ill t o help o r hurt ac c o rd in g t o the n ature o f t h e

, ,

m an . Onl y a tri ed fri en d sh oul d be tru sted wi th thi s

ke y t o y o ur so ul an d it shoul d n ever be given t o an y
,

o n e base en o ugh t o pr o st itute a sp i ri t u al sci en ce f or

mat eri al gain .

To the medi cal m an A stro l o gy is in val uabl e in

di agn o sin g diseases an d prescri bin g a re me dy f o r i t ,

2 09 8 2 4 9
2 SI M PLIFIED S CI ENTIFI C AS TROLOGY

reveal s the hi dden cause o f all a il m en ts Thi s phase.

“
o f t h e sc i e n c e i s deal t wi th i n Th e M e ssag e o f t h e
!
S t ar s , gi vin g n umero us h o r osco pes t o sho w h o w
the si gn ature s o f vari o us di seases appear in the stel
l ar scri pt Th e wri ter di agn ose s une r ri n gly by thi s
.

me thod the ail men ts o f pati e n ts al l o ver the wo rl d an d

l o ve will li ght the way f o r o thers al so wh o aim t o f o l
l o w in the step s o f Chri st as heal ers o f the si ck .

I f y ou are a paren t t h e ho ro sc o pe will ai d y o u t o

d e tect the evil l aten t i n yo u r c hi l d an d tea ch y ou h ow
t o appl y the o un c e o f preven ti o n I t will Sho w y o u
.

the go o d p o in ts al so that y o u may make a bett e r m an

,

o r w o man o f the so ul e n trusted t o y o ur care I t wi ll

.

re ve al system i c weakn ess an d e n abl e y ou t o guard the

he al th o f y o ur chil d ; i t wil l sho w what talen ts are
there an d h o w the li fe may be li ved t o a m axi mum
,

o f useful n ess The re f o r e the m e ssage o f t h e mar ch

.
,

i n g o rb s i s m ost imp o rtan t an d as we have shown the

,

great dan ger o f gi vin g b i rth data t o an yo n e el se ,

there rem ains onl y o n e c o urse : To study the sci en ce

yo ursel f .

Thi s bo o k an d the si mpl ified method it c o n ta in s

o f casti n g a h o ro sc o pe i n a th o r o ughl y sci e n ti fi c m an

n e r i s publ ished i n o rd e r t o en abl e a n y on e wh o can

add a n d su b t r ac t t o d o t h e w o rk h imsel f i nstead o f

,

rel yin g on o the rs Thus he will o btai n a deep e r kno w

.

l edge o f the causes whi ch are o perati ve in l ife than

an y pro fe ssi on al ast rol o ge r wh o is a str an ger can
g I ve .
 CHA P TER I .

TEE P LANETS
THE SEVEN SPI RI TS BEFORE THE THRONE

HE nebul ar the o ry ex p l ains with won derful in

g e n ui t y the materi al vi ewp o in t o f h ow a sol ar
system c onsist i n g Of sun an d plan ets may be fo rmed

fro m a cen tral fir e mi st pr o vi ded the fir e mist i s put

,

in m o ti o n So m ethin g o r som eb o dy extran eo us t o

.

the fir e mi st is n ecessary t o gi ve that first i mpul se ,

ho wever as sh o wn by H erbert Spen c e r wh o rej ected

, ,

the n ebular the o ry because it impli es a Fi r st Cause ,

yet he was un abl e t o e n un ci ate a hyp o the si s free
fro m that t o hi m Obj e cti on abl e fl aw Thus the sc i e n
, , .

t i fic the o ry o f t h e ge n e si s o f a so lar sy st e m c o i n ci de s
with t h e rel i gi o us t e achi ng o f a Fir st Cause cal l it ,

Go d o r by an y o ther n ame wh o is the superi o r in tel

,

l i g e n ce o rderin g the path o f the marchi n g o rbs wi th

a de fin i te e n d an d aim in vi ew That e n d we may
.

n o t y e t be abl e t o wh ol l y percei ve but all ab o ut us o n

,

o ur p l an et we can n o t fail t o n o te if o b servan t an

, ,

o rderl y p ro gre ssi o n o f al l thin gs t o wards perfe c ti o n ,

an d i t may be i n ferred that a sim il ar pro cess

o f evol uti o n must be i n pr o gre ss o n al l the o th e r p l an

e t s varyi n g o f c o urse i n c on so n an ce wi th the di verse

, ,

c on di ti ons exi stin g o n ea ch .

3
4 SI MPLIFIED SC IENTIFI C ASTROLOG Y

Mysti c teachin g c on c e rn in g the f o rmati on o f a

sol ar system agrees wi th t h e n e bul ar the o ry whi ch

says that ri n gs were thr o wn o ff fro m t h e ce n tral m a ss

O f the Sun f o rmi n g i n suc c essi on t h e se ve ral pl an e ts

, ,

th o se farthest fr om the Sun b e in g f o rm ed first whil e

Ven us an d Merc ury l ast f o rm ed are n ear est t h e Sun
, , .

Ba ck o f every act i s a th o ught an d b e hi n d e very

,

vi si bl e p h e n e m e n o n there i s an in visibl e c ause SO .

wi th the f o rmati o n o f the p l an ets in a so lar syst e m ,

there i s a sp i ri tual r e as<m f or thei r bein g a s wel l as

,

a materi al explan ati on .

Th e c en tral fir e mi st we may c o nsi der the first vis

i bl e m ani fe stati on o f the tri un e God t h e L o rd o f
,

H osts W h o c o n tai n s wi thin Hi s Bein g a mul ti tude

,

o f o ther be i n gs at varyi n g stag e s o f deve l o p m e n t .

The i r d iverse n eeds requi re d ifie r e n t extern al e n vi r

onm e n t s . I n o rder t o furn ish such pro per c o n diti on s
se veral plan e t s have bee n thr own Off fr o m the ce n tral

mass e a ch be in g d ifie r e n t l y c o nst ituted an d e ach hav

,

i n g a cl im at i c con di ti on varyi n g from the o thers Ye t .

they are all i n the kin gd o m o f Go d the solar system

, .

“
I n H i m they l i ve an d m o ve an d have the i r b e in g !

i n the m o st l iteral se n se f o r the wh ol e sol ar sy stem

,

may be con si d e red as t h e b o dy o f Go d an d the plan ets

as the o rgan s i n that b o dy e nso ul ed by H is L i fe m o v
, ,

in g in H i s Stren gth i n ac co rd wi th H is Will .

Each vi si bl e pl an et i s t h e e mb od im e n t Of a gr eat
a n d ex al ted sp i ri tual i n tell i g e n ce W h o is the mi n i ster

o f Go d in that depart m e n t o f H i s K in gd o m e n d eav ,

 THE SE E V N SPI RI TS BEF ORE THE THRONE 5

o ri n g t o c arry o ut H i s Will t h e l atte r havi n g in vi ew

,

the ul t imat e h i g h e st g oo d regardl e ss o f t e m p o rary ill

, .

The se Pl an etary Sp i ri ts e xe r ci se a part i cul ar i n

flue n c e o n the b e i n gs wh o ev o l ve up o n the plan et
whi c h i s Th e i r emb o di m en t but have al so an i n flue n c e
,

o n t h e ev o lvin g be i n gs up o n o ther plan ets a cc o rd i n g

t o the devel o pm e n t attai n ed by su ch bein gs Th e .

l ower i n the scal e o f evo luti on a b e i n g i s pla c ed the

m o re p o ten t are t h e e fl e ct s Of the p l an etary in fl uen ces ;
the hi gher the wi se r an d the m o re i n di vi dualized a
,

bein g i s the m o re it i s abl e t o shape i t s o wn c o urse

,

an d t h e l ess i t w il l be a c tuated by the stell ar vi bra

t ion s That is why Astr o l o gy appli ed t o dail y l i fe

.

help s us I t gi ve s us a kn owl edge o f o ur weakn esse s

.

a n d the ten d e n c i e s t o e vil in o ur n ature ; i t sho ws us

o ur stre n gth an d t h e t im e s m ost o pp o rtun e f o r devel

o p m e n t o f adde d p ow e r f o r go o d .

I n all rel i gi ons we h e ar o f the Se ve n P l an eta ry

Ge n ii : t h e H in du t e l l s o f Se ve n Ri sh i t h e P arsi o f ,

Se ve n A m e sh asp e n t as the M o ham m e dan o f S e ve n

,

A r ch an g e l s a n d o ur Chr i sti an rel i gi on h as i t s Se ven

Sp ir i t s b e fo r e t h e Th r o n e .

Th e m o dern astro n o mer d i vo rces the p i ritu al as s

p e ct o f the c el e sti al sc i en c e A strol o gy whi c h he p oo h

, ,
“
p oo hs as an e xpl o ded su per st iti on fro m the mater ,

i al phase Astro n o my c o u n t in g e i ght pri mary pl an et s

, ,

i n o ur sol ar system— Neptun e Uran u s Saturn Ju , , ,

p iter Mars Earth Ven u s an d Me r cury H e sh o ws

, , , .

thr ough the tel e sco pe that the y exi st an d thi n ks he

6 SI MPLIFIED S CI ENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

h as pr oved that r e li gi o n kn o ws n o t whereo f i t speaks

when i t asse rts tha t the re are seve n plan ets in the
Th e Myst i c h o we ver p o in ts t o B ode s
’
so lar sy ste m .
, ,

L aw as vin di c atin g hi s asse rti o n that Ne ptun e doe s

n o t real l y b e l o n g t o o u r solar sy st e m .

’
Th e l aw is this : I f we wri te a se ri e s o f 4 s add 3 ,

t o the se c on d 6 t o the thi rd 1 2 t o the f o urth etc ,

, , ,
.

d o ubl in g t h e am o un t added ea c h t im e the re sul ti n g ,

seri es o f n umb e rs i s a v e ry cl o se appr o xi mat i on t o

t h e rel ati ve di stan ces Of the plan e t s fr o m the Sun

wi t h t h e e x c e p t io n of Ne p t une Thu s t o il l ustrate : .
,

M er A st e r Ju Sa t Ur a Ne p
cur y Ve n us Ear t h M ar s o id s p i t er
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3 6 12 24 48 96 19 2 3 84

4 7 10 16 28 52 1 00 19 6 3 88
I f we d 1v1d e thi s seri e s by 1 0 we g e t 1 f o r the d i s
0 . . .

tan c e o f the earth fr o m the Sun an d t h e o the r n um

b e rs then rep r ese n t the di stan c e s Of the o ther p l an ets
Th e c l osen ess wi th
’
i n t e rms o f t h e ea rth s d i sta n ce .

whi ch thi s sim pl e l aw gi ves the d istan ce is sho wn as

f o ll o ws the c ol umn headed B o de bein g the di s
,
!

tan c e s acco rd in g t o thi s l a w whil e the c o l um n headed ,

“ !
D i stan c e gi ve s the c o rrect val ues in terms o f the
’
earth s distan ces .

Ju p i te r
Ve n us
Ne pt un e
A st e r o i d s .
 THE SE E V N SPIRI TS BEF ORE THE THBONE 7

I t is t hus see n that wi th t h e ex cepti on o f the val

,

ues f o r Neptun e the n umbers represen t very n e arl y

,

the rel ati ve pro p o rt i on al di sta n ces fro m the Sun o f ,

the seven p l an e ts an d t h e A st e ro i d s whi ch are wi thi n

o u r so lar syst em but fail very de c i dedl y when appli ed
,

t o Neptun e wh o is the em b o di me n t o f a Great Sp i ri t

,

fro m the Creative H i erarchi es whi ch n o rmal l y in ,

fl u e n c e us fr o m t h e Z o d iac This plan e tary ge n i us

.

wo rks specificall y wi th th o se wh o are pre pari n g f o r

i n i ti ati o n an d parti all y wi th tho se wh o study ast rol
o gy an d put i t in t o pra c t i ce i n th e i r da i ly li v e s f o r ,

then the y are al so pre parin g f o r the path o f attain

men t Th e twi n kl in gs o f t h e fixed st ars fr o m with o ut
.

o u r so l ar sy stem are t h e p ul sat i o ns o f sp i r itual im

pul se s se n t f o rth by the guardi an s Of the Greater

Mysteri es ; an d the M er curi an s the Go d s o f Wisdo m
,

se n d o ut si m il ar i mpulses perta in i n g t o the l esser

myst eri e s hen ce Mercury twin kl es l ike a fix e d sta r

,
.

Pl an e ts revol ve ar o un d the Sun at vary i n g rates

Of spee d the smal l er p l an ets whi ch ar e the cl ose st t o
, ,

the Sun m o vi ng muc h m o re rap i dl y than the l arger

,

o n e s whi ch i n ad di ti o n desc ri b e wi d e r ci r cl es
, , .

M e rcu r y m ake s o rb it al r e volu tion in 88

a 66 Cl
224 ii é
3 6 5 $4
1 yr . 3 22
12 y e ar s .

29 96
84
16 5
8 SI MPLIFIED SCIENTIFI C AS TROLOG Y

Th e h o url y m o ti on of the plan e ts in the i r o rb its

is as f oll ows
M il e s
Jup i t e r
Ve n u s Sa t urn
Ea rth U ran u s
Mars . Ne p tun e .

Besi de s revol vin g in thei r o rb its aro un d t h e Sun ,

the p l an e ts al so revo lve up on thei r axe s i n t h e sam e

di re cti o n as they re v o lve i n the i r o rb its ; that i s f ro m ,

w e st t o east This m o vem e n t is call ed t h e d i ur nal

.

r o t at i o n .

Th e t im e o ccup i e d by the d iurn al ro tati on Of the

plan et s is as f oll ows :
H o ur s H o ur s
M e rcu ry 24 54 . Ju p i t e r 10
Ve n us 1 0%
Ea rt h 24 U ran u s 9%
Mar s Ne p tun e Un kn o wn
Th e Sun al so r o tat e s up o n a n ax i s but requi res
ab o ut 608 ho urs o r 25 1 3 days t o c o m pl e t e o n e r o
-

t a t i on .

Th e axi s o f a p l an et may be e i the r perpen di cul ar

or Obl i que t o it s rb it Th e pre se n t appro xim ate in
o .

c l in at i ons o f the axe s are as f o ll o ws

D eg r e e s
3
23 56 M e r c u ry
25
26 Ne p t u n e
 THE SE E V N SPIRI TS BEF ORE TH E THRONE 9

Th e in cl in at i o n of the axi s Of the Sun t o the p l an e

Of t h e ecl i pti c i s ab o ut degree s .

Th e ab o ve i n cl i n ati on s of ax e s d o n ot i n al l
t he
‘

c a se s c o in c i d e wi th the figure s gi v e n by physi c al

sc i e n c e
,
n e i ther d o we e n d o rse the i r vi e w that th e se

i n cl in ati o n s re m ai n pra ct i c all y un chan ge d save f o r ,

a sl i ght vi brat o ry m o ve m e n t c all ed n ut a t i o n The re .

i s an e xc e e d i n gly sl o w thi rd m o ve m e n t o f the p l an ets

whe re by that whi c h i s n o w the No rth P ole o f the
e arth w il l in the future , a s i t h as i n t h e pa st p o i n t ,

d i rectly t o ward s the Sun . L at e r i t will be i n the

p o siti o n wher e n o w the So uth P o le i s a n d i n due ,

ti me i t wi ll r e a c h again i t s pre sen t place Thu s tr o p .

i c al cl i m ate a n d gl a ci al ep o chs succeed each o ther o n

a ll p o i n t s o f e a c h plan e t
.

I n add i ti o n t o thi s gradual m o vemen t o f ab o ut 50

se co n d s o f spa c e p e r c e n t ur y wh e r e by a wh o l e rev o
,

l ut i o n Of t h e earth s axis i s c o m plete d i n ab o ut t wo

’

an d o n e hal f m ill i on years there hav e al so b e e n su d

-
,

d e n c han ge s at a t i m e wh e n that whi c h i s n o w t h e

No rth P ole p o in ted di rectl y t owards the Sun Th e .

so uthern h e m isphere was then c o n t i n u al l y in dark

n ess an d c ol d .

Re sul t in g c o n di ti ons c aused a sudden o vert o p

pin g o f o u r gl obe the l ast ti me Sin ce that tim e h o w
.
,

e ver, the Sp i ri t whi c h previ o usl y g ui d e d the earth

fro m witho ut h as drawn i n t o t h e sphere a n d such
a happen in g will be imp o ssi bl e in the future .
10 SI MPLIFIED S CIENTI FI C ASTROLOGY

Mr Pi erre B e zi an a Fre n c h mechan i ci an h as c o n

.
, ,

structed an apparatus dem o n strat in g thi s thi rd m o ve

m e n t H e i s sa i d t o have rec ei ved h is i dea fr o m a

.

study o f t h e te achin gs pr o mul gated am o n g vari ous

an cie n t peo ple by pri e sts p o ssessed o f mysti c l earn

i n g parti cul arl y fro m the Egypti an s H e sho ws h ow
, .

su c h a thi rd m o veme n t will acc o un t f o r t h e tr o p i cal

fl o ra an d faun a f o un d i n the frozen No rth whi c h c an ,

be ac c o un ted f o r in n o o the r way H e al so shows that

.

when in the c o urse o f this thi rd mo ve m e n t t h e in

’
c l in a t i o n o f a p l an et s ax i s be co m e s gr e ater than 9 0

d e gre e s an d i t s No rth P ol e c o m m en c es t o p o in t t o
ward the so uth the satell i te s o f that p l an e t wil l see m
,

t o turn i n the o pp osi te di recti o n fro m the sate ll it e s

Of t h e o the r p l an ets as i s the c a se wi th Uran us an d
,

Ne ptun e s satell ite s ; a fact whi c h a stron omers ar e

’

puzzl e d t o e xp l ain .

On Uran us a n d Neptun e the Sun al so ri se s i n the

we st an d set s in the cast f o r the sam e reason : the
i n versi o n o f the i r p ol es .

As a l ast d iff e re n c e between the tea chi n gs o f m od

e rn sc i e n ce an d the West ern Wi sd o m Teachi n g o f the

Ro si c ru ci an s w e may n o t e that a str on omers o f t o day

,

sp e ak Of Ve n us an d Mer c ury as i n f e r i or p l a n e ts b e

c au se they al way s app e ar cl ose t o the Sun ; Ve n u s is

se e n o n l y a s a m o rn i n g o r a n eve n i n g star ; M er c ury

i s rare l y seen becau se i t keep s so cl o se t o t h e Sun .

Th e o ther plan e ts a r e c al l e d sup e r i o r be cau se they

are se e n at al l d istan ce s fro m the Sun bei n g even at ,
 THE SE E V N SPI RI TS B EF ORE TH E THRONE 11

the ve ry o pp o si te p oin t o f the ho rizon fro m the Sun .

This appell at io n i n fe r io r an d sup e r io r , t h e m y s

,

t i c w o ul d reverse f o r t o hi m i t is cl ear that the Sun

,

is t h e e m b o dim e n t o f the hi ghest sp i ri tual in t e ll i

ge n ce in o ur sy stem A t the b e gin n i n g o f o ur pres
.

e n t phase o f evo l u t i on al l that i s n o w o utsi de the Sun

was i n si d e but n o t al l be in gs c o ul d c o n ti n ue t o vi
,

brate at the i mm e n se rate whi ch Obta in ed there ; so me

fe l l b e hi n d cry stal l ized an d in time becam e a cl o g
, , ,

o n o ther c l a sse s They started t o c rystall ize at the

.

p o l e whe re m o ti o n i s sl o w but graduall y the i r i n

, ,

c reased w e i ght bro ught them t o the e quat o r where ,

m o tio n i s m ost rap i d an d they were thro wn OS fr o m

,

the Sun by c e n tri fugal f o rc e .

L ater , ther be in gs fa il ed t o keep up t h e vi brat o ry

o

mo vemen t l agged b e hin d an d we re thr o wn o ff at a

, ,

p ro per dista n c e so that t h e sol ar Vibrati on s may gi ve

them the rap i d ity n e c essa ry t o thei r deve l o pmen t .

Th e m o st advan c ed sp i ri ts stayed l o n ge st wi th the

Sun an d c o n seque n tl y i f t h e app e ll ati o n i n fe r i o r an d
,

sup e r i or i s t o b e app l i ed at al l i t sh o ul d be used in,

reverse m ann er .

In o rder t o avo i d all m i su n de rstan din g it may be ,

we ll t o state that Jup iter w as thr o wn OE an d given

i t s e n o rm o u s bul k o f fie ry substan c e be c ause t h e Ju
p it e r i ans had arri ved at a ve ry hi gh stat e o f devel
o p m e n t wh e r e th e y n eeded b o th hi gh vi brati o n s a d
,
n

in dep e n den t m o ti o n Jup iter i s the refo re in so m e re

.
12 SI M PLIFIED SCIENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

sp e c t s a n excepti on t o the rul e ; a ca se where a hi gher

l aw supersed e s a l ower .

I n c on c lu si o n we r e i terate that the pl an e ts i n o u r

sol ar sy st e m are t h e vi sibl e e m b o d ime n t s o f the Se v e n

Sp i ri ts bef o re t h e Thro n e o f Go d the Sun an d that , ,

j u st as i t i s p o ssible t o u s t o tran sm i t by wi re l e ss
te l e graphy t h e f o r c e whi c h m ove s t h e t e l e g raph key ,

l i ght s a l am p pul l s a l ever e t c so may the se Gre at

, , .
,

Sp i ri t s exerci se an i nfl uen c e up on human b e in g s i n

pr o p o rt i on t o o u r stage o f i n divi dual ity I f we aim .

t o act i n harm o n y wi th the l aws Of G o o d we ri se ,

ab o ve all o th e r laws an d be c o me a l aw un t o o ursel ves ;

c o w o rke rs w i th Go d an d h e l p e r s in n ature
-
Ours .

i s t h e pri vil e ge o u r s the l o ss i f we fail t o l ive u p t o

, ,

o ur hi ghe st p ossib il it i es .

L et u s th e r e fo re stri ve t o kno w that we may d o

, , ,

an d ab o ve all l e t us b e ware o f pr ost i tutin g the sc i en ce

,

o f the stars t o the gutter Of f o rt un e t e ll i n g G o ld o f-

.

“
Mam m on may be o urs if we d o but the p e ace o f Go d
,

!
whi ch pa sse th all un derst an din g will bri n g us l ast
i n g j oy if we use our kn o wl edge in unsel fish servic e
t o o thers .
 CH A P TER II .

TI ME A ND PLACE AS FAC TORS I N CAL C ULATI ON

OF TH E HORO SC OPE

H OROSCOP E is simp l y a c ha rt o f t h e heaven s

sho win g a c ertai n p osi ti on o f the p l an ets an d z o

di a c al si gn s relative t o e ach o th e r a n d t h e earth Th e

.

c o n st e llat i o n s r e m a in i n the sa m e p o sit i on o n e t o

“ !
a n o ther an d are therefo re c all ed fix e d stars but
, ,

the earth a n d o ther p l an e ts c o nstan tl y c han ge They

.

d o n ot r e turn t o t h e same rel ati ve p osi ti o n u n til afte r

ab o ut twe n ty six tho usa n d years Thus every sc i en ti
-
.

fic all y c al cul ated h o r o sc o pe i s ab sol utel y i n di vi dual

an d sh o ws a st e ll ar in fl uen c e d ifi e r e n t fr o m that e x e r

t e d i n an y o ther l i fe c o mm e n ced at a d ifie r e n t t i m e .

B e c ause o f the revol uti on o f the earth up on i t s axi s

a n e w d e gre e o f the z o di ac ri se s every f o ur min ute s
a n d thus eve n the h o r osc o pes o f twi ns may di fie r c o n

si d e r ab l y . Th e studen t wi l l the r efo re re al ize the i m

p o rtan c e o f Ti m e as a fa ct o r i n c a stin g a ho ro sc o pe .

There are ho weve r vari ous metho ds o f ap p r ox im at

,

in g the t ime an d erect in g a c o rre c t h o ro sc o pe f o r

th ose wh o d o n ot kn o w the h our o f th e i r bi rth but ,

that subj ect bel on gs t o an advan ced grade o f thi s

st udy .
14 SI M PLIFI ED S CI ENTI FI C ASTROLOGY

Time is n otthe sam e the wo rl d o ve r ho we ver , .

Whe n the Sun ri se s where we li ve i t sets i n an o the r

,

plac e an d that makes an o the r diffe re n c e in t h e ho ro

,

sc o pes e ve n if c ast f o r c hil dre n b o rn at the sa m e m o

men t o f time but i n o pp o sit e parts o f the w o rld f o r ,

if i t were n oo n i n the b i rthplac e o f o n e the Sun w o uld

,

be hi gh i n the h e avens ab o ve the earth an d in the ,

bi rthp l ac e Of the o ther c hil d i t w oul d b e mi dni ght

with the Sun di re ctly be l o w the e arth We kn o w that .

t h e c he m i c al e fie ct o f the so lar ray vari es wi th i t s p o

si ti o u an d wh e n the c han ge i s physi c all y n o t i c eabl e
, ,

t h e sp i ri tual e ff e ct must al so difie r I t i s there fo re

.

e vi de n t that Ti m e a n d Pl ac e are the basi c fa c to rs in

cal c ul ati on o f the h o ro sc o pe We shall fir st sh ow h o w

.

t o l o cate the p l ace o f bi rth the n we tak e up the mat

,

ter o f t i m e
.

PLACE
G e o grap hi call y the earth i s di vi ded by t w o im a g
,

in ar y sets o f c i rcl es On e c i r cl e run s east an d w est

.
,

halfway betwee n the No rth an d So uth P ol e s as sh o wn

i n t h e a c c o m pan yin g charts : it is cal l ed t h e Equat o r .

Other ci rcl es cal l e d P ar al l e l s of Lat i t ud e are i magin ,

ed runn in g paral lel t o the Equato r an d thei r use is

,

t o measure the di stan ce o f an y p l a c e No rth o r So uth

o f the Equato r Now get an atl as an d l o ok at the
.

map o f No rth A meri ca A l on g the ri ght an d l eft

.

han d b o rde rs y ou will se e certai n n umbers No te that .

a curve d l in e run s fro m No 50 o n the ri ght t o No 50

. .

o n the l eft . That is the fifti eth p ar all el o f l atit ude .

 TI ME A ND PLACE 15

Al l ci ti es al o n g that l i n e , in A m e ri ca , Euro pe o r A si a
are equi distan t fr o m t h e Equat o r, an d sai d t o be l o
c at e d in
“
L at itude 50 No rth .
!

An o ther l in e run s fro m n umber 40 o n the l eft b o r

der t o n umber 40 o n the ri ght L et us n o te so me o f .

t h e prin ci pal c i ti e s o n o r n ear thi s l in e San Fran .

c i sc o i s a l ittl e further so uth D e n ver ri ght o n the l in e

, ,

Chi c ag o an d Ne w Yo rk a trifl e n o rth Now turn t o

.

the map o f Euro pe There the ri ght an d l e ft han d

.

n umbers wi th the i r c o n n e ct in g c i rcl e s are al so l ati

tude s an d at the n umb e r 40 y ou will se e L i sbo n an d

,

Madri d P r o c ee di n g eastwards Ro me an d Constan ti

.

n o p l e appear a l ittle t o the n o rth o f o u r l in e .

These pla ce s m ay be sai d f o r the purp oses o f e l e

,

men ta ry instruc ti on t o be i n the sam e de gree o f l ati

,

tude an d there fo re an o the r determi n ato r must be

,

u sed t o d i fie r e n t i at e t h e l o catio n o f ea ch p l ace fr o m

all o thers .

Thi s i s a cco m pl ished by di vi din g t h e e art h l o n gi

t u d i n all y fr o m p o le t o p o le by an o th e r se t o f I magi
n ary c i rc le s c all e d M e r id ia ns o f Lo n g i t ud e a n d ,

sh o wn i n o u r c hart Al l p l ac e s al o n g su c h c i r cl e s
.

have n o o n at the sam e ins tan t re gardl ess o f h ow far ,

the y are fro m the Equato r o r whethe r n ea r the No rth

,

o r So uth P ol e .

Now l o ok again at yo ur map o f Euro pe There .

y o u will se e n um bered li n e s ru n n i n g fr o m the t o p o f

the m ap t o the b o ttom These are t h e l in e s o f l on gi
.

t ucl e. On e i s n um bered 0 I f y ou f ol l o w that l in e

.

z
16 SI M PLIFI ED S CIENT IFI C ASTROLO G Y
 TI ME AND PLACE 17

y ou will fin d L on d on an d cl o se theret o a p l ace call ed

,

Gre e n wi ch That is the l o cati o n o f the w o rld s grea t

.
’

e st o b servato ry , an d f o r purp oses o f astron o mi cal

cal cul ati o n all plac es o n earth are c o n si dered as be in g
so an d so ma n y de gre e s west o r cast o f Gr e e n wi c h .

Thu s by l a t i t ud e we Obta in the l oc ati on Of a ce r

,

tain pla c e nor t h o r so u t h o f the Equato r .

By lo n g i t ud e we de si gn ate i t s p osi ti on e ast o r we st

o f Gre e n w i ch .

Whe n t h e l o ca t i on o f a place is sta ted i n terms o f

l atitud e a n d l o ngi tude i t m arks a c e rtai n sp o t b e yo n d
all p ossib ili ty o f c on fusio n with any o th e r pla ce ,

an d gi ve s the a str o l o ge r o n e o f the pri m al fact o rs

n e cessa r y t o c al cul ate a sc i e n t i fi c h o r o sc o pe —place.

L atitude is the prin ci pal fact o r i n l o c atin g the

“
Tabl es o f H o uses
!
si gn s o f t h e z o d ia c by m ean s Of ,

whi c h appl y t o al l p l ac e s in a c e rtai n degr ee o f l ati

tud e These tables are as n earl y un chan geabl e as t h e
.

fixed sta rs t o whi c h they appl y ; the y r e m ain the sa me

fr o m year t o ye ar at l e ast the chan ge is so small as t o
,

b e un appre ci abl e in a li f eti me .

L o n gi tude i s the prime facto r in al l c al cul atio ns

co nn ected with t h e mo vable p l an ets To c al cul ate
.

thei r p l a c es at the t ime o f a perso n s b i rth i t is n e c

’

e ssary t o have an ast r o n o mi c al al man ac f o r the year

o f b i rth. Thi s i s call ed an e p h e m er i s because i t r e

co rds the ephemer al o r m o men ta ry p osi t i o n o f the

pl an e ts as see n fro m the Observato ry at Gree n wi ch

e a c h day at n oo n .
18 SI M PLIFIED SCI ENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

A So l a r D ay is the p e ri o d o f ti me i t take s the Sun

t o m o ve fro m an y ce rtain m e ri di an o f I o n g i t ud e till
i t re turn s t o t h e sam e meri d i an t h e n ext day Owin g .

t o the va ri able m o ti o n o f the ea rth in i t s o rb i t an d ,

the o bl i qui ty o f the ec l i pti c t h e Sun s p at h the

,
’

so l ar days are n o t al l o f equal l en gth but as the pur,

pose s o f so c ial an d c i vil l ife r e qui re a un i f o rm d i

vi si o n an ave rage is stru c k o f al l so l ar days in a year ,

an d this is cal l e d a M e a n S o l ar D a y I t co mm en ce s
.

at mi dni ght when t h e Sun is at the na di r Cl o cks .

are re gul ated t o sh o w i t s b e g in n in g an d e n d al so i t s ,

e qual d ivi sio ns in to twen ty f o ur h o urs Th e r e i s

-
.

thus a di ff e ren c e betwe e n sun ti m e an d cl o ck ti m e

- -
.

Fro m the t im e wh e n t h e Sun i s n e ar e st t o t h e earth

( p e ri he li o n ) D e cembe r 24t h t o t h e tim e whe n i t i s
,

fa r t h e st fro m the ea rth ( aphe l i on ) Jun e 2l st cl o ck ,

t im e i s i n advan ce o f sun tim e Fro m Jun e 2l st t o

-
.

D ecem ber 24t h t h e Sun i s in advan ce o f t h e cl o ck the

, ,

g reat est d iffe re n c e be in g 1 6 mi n utes in t h e begin n i n g

o f No ve m b e r .

Wh e n the un equal m o ti on o f the earth in i t s o rb i t

a n d the o bl i qu i ty o f t h e e cl ipt i c ac t t o gether t h e d i f ,

fe ren c e be tween sun t ime an d cl oc k tim e is great e st

- -

but fo ur tim e s a year A pril 1 5t h Jun e 1 5th Septem

, , ,

ber l st an d D e ce m b e r 24t h they agre e

,
.

A Sid e r e al D a y i s the t ime whi c h el ap se s betw e e n

a fix e d st ar s l eavin g a certa in degree o f l on git ude
’
 TI ME AND PLACE 19

un til it returns t o it the f oll o wi n g day This i s the

.

exa c t time o f o n e c ompl e te re vo luti o n o f t h e earth up

o n i t s ax i s ; i t is the o nl y ab so lut ely un i f o rm m o ti o n

o b serve d i n the heaven s havi n g un derg o n e n o c han ge

,

si n c e the earl i e st Ob servat i o ns o n re c o rd .

Owi n g t o the m o t io n o f the e arth i n i t s o rbi t ab o ut

the Sun a so l a r d a y is l o ng e r t h a n a sid e r e al d a y f o r ,

as the Sun m o ves farther t o the e ast duri n g the ti me

o f the earth s dail y ro tati o n o n i t s ax is the earth

’
,

must turn further up on i t s axis befo re a ce rtain mer

i di an c o mes i n l in e wi th the Sun Th e so lar day i s
.

there fo re abo ut fo ur min ute s l on ger than the si d e r

e al day but o wi n g t o the vari abl e m o t i o n o f the earth
,

i n i t s o rb i t an d the o bl i qui ty o f t h e e c l i pti c previ o us

l y men ti o n ed this diff e ren ce al so vari es each day
, .

I n bygo n e days cl o cks i n e ac h c i ty o r haml et d if

f e r e d fro m the t im e p i ece s o f every o ther p l a c e becau se
all we re se t t o l o cal ti me but thi s caused mu c h c o n
,

fusi on t o t h e traveli n g publ i c ; theref o r e A meri ca

ado pted what i s cal l ed S t a nd a r d Ti m e o n No vember
18 1 883 Fo r person s bo rn sub sequen t t o that date a
, .

c o rr e c tion is n ecessa ry t o c on vert the time sh o wn by

cl o c ks t o t r ue l o cal t i m e f o r that is the time u sed t o
,

c al cul ate the h o r o sc o pe Th e d i agram will aid st u

.

den ts t o un d e rsta n d what Stan dard Time i s h ow it ,

o vercame c o nf u si o n , an d h o w the befo re men ti o n ed-

c o rre c ti on i s made .

I t was sugge st ed that if the co un try be divi ded

,

in to ti m e z on es ea ch ab out fifteen degrees o f l on gitude

-
20 SI M PLIFI ED S CI ENTIFI C AS TROLO G Y
in wi dth ( thi s b e in g t h e di stan c e t h e Sun travel s i n
o n e h o ur ) a n d all the c l o c ks i n ea c h di vi si o n se t t o
,

o n e un i f o rm t i m e gauged by a m e ri di an l o c at e d i n
,

the mi ddl e o f t h e re sulti n g time zo n e c o nf usi on o f

-
,

trave l e rs w oul d be avo i de d .

A c co rdi n gly A m eri c a was di vi ded i n to f o ur such

z o n e s by thr ee i ma gi n ary l i n e s as il lustrated in the
,

d i agram .

I n the East e rn Ti m e Z o n e cl o cks are se t true t o the

75t h m e ri di an 5 h o ur s e arl i er than Gre e n wi c h Me an
,

Ti m e .

In the Ce n t r al Ti m e Z o n e t ime i s regul ated t o the

9 ot h meri d i an whi c h is 6 h o ur s earl i e r than Gr e e n
wi ch .

I n t h e M o un t ai n Ti m e Zon e t i m e p i eces are g ov

ern e d a c c o rdin g t o t h e 1 05t h m eri di an 7 h o ur s ,

earl i er than Gre e n wi ch Me an Tim e .

I n the Pacifi c Ti m e Zo n e tim e i s stan dard t o the

1 20t h m e ri d i an 8 h o ur s e arl i e r than Gr e e n wi ch
, .

( The re i s a fifth z o n e in the far Ea st c ompri sin g ,

Mai n e No va Sco ti a e t c This z on e we o mitt e d i n

, , .

o rd e r that o u r d i agram m i ght be l arger ) .

I n all c i ti e s l o c at e d o n th e se Stan dard Meri di an s

( see di a g ram o n the o pp o si te page ) su c h as Phil a ,

d e lphi a an d D en ve r stan dard tim e i s al so true l o cal

,

tim e an d n o c o rrecti on 18 requi re d in cal cul atio n o f

,

ho r o sc o p e s: But D e tro it whi c h y o u will se e l o cated o n

,

t h e di vi din g l i n e b e twee n the Eastern an d Ce n tral

Tim e Zo n es i s 7 degree s east o f the 9 ot h m e ri d i an
, ,
TI ME A ND PLA CE 21
22 SI M PLIFI ED SCIENTIFI C ASTRO LO G Y

an d i t s cl o cks th e re f o re 28 mi n utes sl o w i n a c tual

ar e

f a ct f o r whe n they sh o w n o o n a cco rdi n g t o t h e 9 ot b

, ,

m e ri di an stan dard the tru e l o cal ti m e is 28 min ute s

,

past twe lve Chi cago y o u wil l se e a l i ttle e ast o f t h e

.

9 0t h meri di an ( 2 degrees) When the cl o c ks the re

.

a re twel ve n o on i t is real ly San Fran ci sco

c l o c ks sh o w n oo n wh e n t h e true l o c al t i m e i s o n ly

b e cause that city is 255: degrees west Of the

Stan dard M e ri d i an Co rrecti on i s the re fo re n e ce s
.

sary . Th e rul e f o r Obtai ni n g the true l o c al t im e i s

To the n ea r e st Stan dard M e ri d i an Tim e ad d f o ur ,

mi n utes f o r ea c h de g re e t h e b i rth plac e i s East o f

the Me ri di an c o rre sp on di n g t o that Tim e .

I f t h e b i rth pla c e i s We st o f that M e ri di an su b ,

t rac t fo ur m in utes f o r ea c h d e gre e i t i s West ther eo f .

Wh e n a c hild i s b o rn t h e e xa c t m o m e n t it draws it s
first breath sho ul d b e n o t e d as that m o m e n t an d m i
,

the time of d e l ivery i s the tim e o f b i rth fro m the as

t r ol o g e r s p o i n t o f Vi e w
’
.

Th e re aso n f o r taki n g t h e t im e o f t h e first i n sp i ra

tio n usuall y a c c o mp ani e d by a cry as the m o m e n t o f
, ,

bi rth i s that t h e chem i cal c o n diti o n o f the atmosphe re

,

c han ges at ea c h m o m e n t as the Vi brati on s fr o m the

stars c han ge We n o te suc h a chan ge in the atmos

.

p h e r e a c c o rdin g t o t h e p o siti o n o f the Sun i n the sky

at di fie re n t h o urs Of the day o r n i ght Th e n i ght ai r .

i s diff ere n t fro m the atm o sphere at n o on Th ese a r e .

n o t sudd e n c han ge s but are bro ught ab o ut by t o us

, , ,

impe rceptibl e degrees We wh o are m o re c al l o us fro m

.

c on ti n ued chan ge s d o n o t f e el them but the l i ttl e

, ,
 TI ME A ND PLACE 23

se n si tive fo rm o f a n e w b o rn chil d i s emin en tl y

-

c e p t i b l e t o the in rush o f that first c harge o f i t s l un gs

,

a n d a s the o x yg e n c o n ta i n ed the re i n su rges thr o ugh

the b od y by mi xture wi th the bl o o d e very si n gl e ato m

,

re c ei ve s a pe c ul i ar sta m p whi ch i s re ta in ed all

thr ough l i fe al th o ugh ato ms c han ge i n the sam e way
, ,

that a sc ar perp e tuate s i tse lf o n the b o dy d esp i te the

c han ge o f at o m s . That first stamp i n g i s the physi c al
ba sis o f the i di o syn c ra si es an d te m peramen tal c ha r
ac t e r i st i cs whi c h ca use each o f us t o ac t diff e ren tl y

un der t h e same ste ll ar co n di ti o ns ; it i s t h e basis Of the

t e n de n cie s Of o ur physi c al n ature a n d i n harm on y
with o ur stage o f atta in men t as requi r e d by the l aw
o f c au sati o n whi ch gi ves u s i n each l i fe the fa cul t ie s
,

e v o l ved duri n g all o ur previ ou s exi sten ces . Thus we

d o n ot have a c ertain fate because we are b o rn at a
ce rta in m o m e n t but we have b e en br o ught t o b i rth at
,

the tim e when the stel l ar rays will gi ve us the t en

de n ey t o w o rk o ut the fate gen erated in past l i ves .

Thi s di st in c ti on i s ve ry i m p o rtan t; f o r i t marks

the d i fie r e n c e between the Vi e w o f the materi al ist i c
astr o l o ger an d the reli gi o us c o n cepti o n o f A strol o g y .

I n Mar c h 1 9 1 8 t h e U S G o verme n t passed the

, . .

D ayli ght Savi n g A ct by whi c h all c l o cks were se t

,

ah e ad o n e h o ur at mi dn i ght precedin g the l ast Sun

day i n Mar c h an d then se t back o n e h o ur at
m i dn i ght p recedi n g the l ast Sun day in Oc to ber Thi s .

A ct w as in fo r ce i n 19 1 8 an d 1 9 1 9 o n l y .Al l rec o rded

dates in the p e ri o d s afie ct e d sh oul d have o n e ho ur
subtra c ted in o rder t o o btain Stan dard Time .
 CHAP TER I II .

SI GNS AND HOUSES

SI GNS OF TH E ZO DI AC

LIB RA
S CORPI O
SAG ITTARI U S
CAPRI CORN
AQ UARI US
PI SCES

Q S UN MARS
3
9 VENU S RI URANUS
!a MERCURY tp NEPT UNE
TH E ASPECTS
d CONJ UNCTION TL
SEX I E
<9 OPPO SITION
SQ UARE PARALLEL

LTH OUGH W e ar e man y mi lli ons o f mil e s n ear

er t h e Sun in wi n t e r i t s rays transm i t less he at
,

than in sum m e r when we ar e farthest fro m i t an d i t ,

i s theref o re evi den t that d i st an c e h a s n o efie ct o n

tran smissi on o f heat rays but as the Sun ri ses
-
,

t o wards t h e z e n i th be i t summ e r o r win te r the heat

, ,

i n c reases the grea test heat bein g ex peri en ced i n m i d

,

summer when sun rays are n ea rest the p e r p e n di cu

-

24
 SI GN S AND HOUSES 25

l ar ; i t isthere f o re evi den t th at the an gl e o f the ray

is the sol e det e rmi n ato r o f i t s i nfl u e n ce .

A st ro l o gy d e a l s wi th plan eta ry an gl e s an d thei r

Ob serve d e ff e c t up o n m an ki n d ; i n o rde r t o de te rm in e
these an gl es an d tabul a te Ob servati o ns the fixed st a rs ,

al o n g t h e Sun s path have been divi ded i n to gr oup s

’

o r co nste ll a t i o n s an d the earth a s vi e we d fr o m t h e

, ,

b ir t h p l ac e o f a chil d h as been di vi ded in t o ho use s .

Mo st begi n n e rs fin d i t very c o nf usi n g t o d ifie r e n t i at e

betwe en the se si g ns an d h ouses but if i t i s kept in ,

mi n d that the si gn s ar e d ivisio ns o f t h e h e a ve ns an d ,

h o uses ar e d ivisio ns o f t h e e ar t h th e re sh oul d be n o

,

d iffic ul ty Th e si g ns infl ue n ce certain parts o f the

.

b ody ; h o uses g o vern c on d it i o n s o f li f e .

L ike an y o ther ci rcl e the zo di ac i s di vi ded in to

,

3 60 d e gre e s ea c h Of the twe l ve si gn s is theref o re 30

,

deg rees Thei r n am es an d symb o ls are gi ve n i n the

.

affixed di ag ram Th e parts Of the b o dy rul ed by these

.

si gn s a r e as f o l l o w s :

Cer e b e ll u m a nd Ne c k
A r ms a nd L un g s
S t om a c h

K id ne y s
SCORPI O S e x Or g a ns an d R e c t u m
H ip s a nd Thi g h s
26 SI M PLIFIED SCI ENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

Th ese twel ve constellati ons are the n a t ur al z o di ac

an d eve r in t h e sa m e r e lat i ve p osi t i o ns, but o n acc o un t

of a m o ti on o f the p o l e o f the earth the Sun cro sses

the equat o r at a sl i ghtl y diff e ren t p o in t e ach spri n g
at the ve r nal eq ui no x an d thi s shi fti n g p o i n t is c o n
,

sid e r e d in Ast r o l o gy as be i n g the first degree o f A ri e s ,

the begin n o f what is call e d the i n t e l l e ct ual z o di ac ,

whi ch thus chan ge s fro m year t o year at the rate Of

ab o ut sec on ds p er an n um 1 d e gree i n 7 2 years 1
, ,

Si gn in 21 56 y e ars c o m p l e tin g the c i r cle o f 1 2 si gns

,

i n ab o ut years Thi s backwa r d mo vem e n t is

.

“
call e d prec e ssi on o f t h e e quin o x .

Fro m the mat e ri al i st i c Vi e wp o in t th e r e seem s t o be

n o re aso n f o r thi s shi fti n g Of the z o d i a c b u t fro m the,

p o si ti o n o f t h e myst i c i t is n o t at al l arbitrary but ,

n e cessary an d i n harm o n y wi th t h e sp i ral path o f e vm

l ut i o n adhere d t o in b o th sta r an d starfish o bservable ,

everywhere in n ature A fter c o m pl eti o n Of e ac h

.

c y cl e the i n tell e c tua l a n d the n atural zo d i acs agree

,

( the l ast time A D . . then a n e w w o rl d p e ri o d

c o m m e n ces a n e w phase o f evo l ut i o n
,
a hi gher l o o p
,

Of the sp i ral wh e reo n we a r e ever travel in g t o wards

Go d Even fro m t h e m ateri al stan dp o i n t i t i s evi de n t
.

that t h e sp i ral path o f t h e sol ar system Ob serv e d by

a stron o m er s must c han ge the an gl e o f in c i d e n ce Of
t h e l i ght rays fr o m t h e fix e d stars an d as the an gl e
,

o f i n c i de n ce o f t h e Sun s rays up on o ur eart h h as the

’

eff ect o f pr o ducin g the cl im ati c c han ges o f sum mer

an d wi n ter , i t is reaso n abl e that a simil ar chan ge
 SI G NS A ND HOUSES 27

must foll o w fr om o ur al te red p o sitio n rel ati ve t o the

fix ed sta rs whi c h may ac c o un t f o r gradual chan ge s
,

o f c o n di t i o n s such as that the wi n t e rs gro w l ess c o ld

an d the summ e rs l ess warm i n certain p art s Of t h e

wo rld .

Furtherm o re i t h as been Ob served that cli mati c

,

c on diti o n s have a di stin c t e fie ct on o ur tem peram e n t

—we fe e l diff e re n tly i n sum m e r than we d o in wi n te r
—an d may n o t this sl o w chan ge rel ati ve t o t h e fixed
stars acc o un t f o r the cha n g e in human i ty whi c h i s ,

call ed evo l uti o n ? Th e mysti c afii rm s that i t do e s As .

rays o f the Sun by c han ge o f the an gl e o f i n c i den c e

, ,

c all f o rth l e av e s an d fl o wers fr o m t h e plan t at o n e

ti m e an d at an o th e r c au se th e m t o wi ther so d o rays
, ,

fro m the fix ed stars c all f o rth an d pro du c e greater

chan ge s i n fl o ra an d faun a ; they are re sp o nsible f o r
the ri se an d fall o f n ati ons an d the t e mperamen tal
c ha n ge whi c h w e c all c i vil izat i o n .

Brin gi n g the an al o gy a ste p further the n atural ,

zo d i a c i s c o m p o sed o f t h e c o n st e ll at i o n s as the y are

an d r e m a i n i n t h e heav e n s an d t h e i n t e l l e c t ua l z o di ac
,

co m m e n c es at the c han g i n g p o in t where t h e Sun

c r o sse s t h e equat o r at t h e v e rn al e qui n ox That is
.

t h e t im e wh e n Nature brin gs t o b i rth that whi c h h as

g e rm i n ated i n h e r w o m b durin g the pre cedi n g wi n
ter Thus t h e h o r o sc o p e o f the w o rl d chan ges fr o m
.

“
y e ar t o ye ar . A s abo v e so be l o w
, ,
is the l a w o f
an al o gy an d t h e sam e sal i en t p o in ts are o b se rv ab l e i n
the e vo luti o n o f m an an d mi cro be star an d starfish
, .
28 SI MPLI FIED SC I ENTIFI C A STROLOGY

In the human map we have al so what may b e c al l ed

a n atur al h o r o sco pe tha t is the figure as cast by the
,

rul e s o f Ast ro l o g y where an y si gn may be o n the

,

A sce n dan t o r Fi rst H o use

, Th e c han gin g vern al
.

equi n o x co rresp on ds t o the first degree o f A r i es in ,

t h e in tell ectual z odi a c so the A sc en dan t in an y h u

,

m an ho ro sc o pe al so h as an i nfl ue n ce c o rr esp o n di n g
t o that d e gree Th e Sec on d H o use c o rre sp on ds t o
.

Taurus the Thi rd t o Gemini an d so o n f o rm in g the

, , ,

c o un terp art o f the i n tell ectual z o di ac i n the huma n

h o r o sco pe
.

A s t h e rays o f the Sun ar e i n te n sified when f o

cuse d thr o ugh a l e ns so is the sp i ri tual l if e o f the Sun
,

wh e n f o c use d thr o ugh the t wo ho uses o f Mars t o

brin g a l i f e fro m the un se e n w o rl d .

Can ce r t h e first o f the watery si gn s was p i ctured

,

am on g the an ci e n t Eg ypti ans as a scar a b ( b ee tl e ) ,

whi c h w as thei r embl em o f the so ul an d o c cul tists ,

kn o w that the seed ato m o f the b ody is pl an ted whe n

-

the Sun o f Li fe ( the Eg o ) is in Can c e r the sphere o f

, , ,

the M o on the pl an et Of fe cun dati on

, .

Fo ur m o n ths l ater when the Sun o f L i fe p asse s

,

thr o ugh the sec on d Of the watery si gns Sc o rp i o , ,

whi c h is un d e r the r ul e rshi p Of Mars the pl an et Of ,

passi on an d e m o ti on the Sil ver Co rd i s ti ed whi c h

,

bin ds t h e de si re bo dy t o the l o wer vehi cl es a n d we ,

have the qui ckeni n g wh e n the foe tus first b e gin s t o

‘ ’

sh o w se n t i e n t l i fe By that time the Eg o h as d issol

.

ve d the n ucl e ated bl o o d co rp uscl es thr o ugh whi ch t he

 SI GNS AND HOUSES 29

li f e
’
m o ther s mani fested in the gr o win g o rgan ism ,
an d i t ca n then b e gi n t o w o rk in t h e Vi tal fl ui d a n d

man i fe st si gns O f se parate li f e i n the bo dy un til the

Sun o f L i f e h as c o m pl e ted i t s ci rcl e an d aga in rea che s
the mysti c Ei ghth H o use .

Ei ght m o n ths after the se ed at o m w a s so wn the

Sun O f L i fe t h e Sp i ri t e n ters P isce s t h e l ast o f the
, , ,

wate ry si g ns i n t h e m yst i c z odi a c whi c h is un d e r the

,

ex p an si v e b e n e fic ray o f Jup i te r
, Un d e r thi s b e n e v
.

o l e n t in fl u e nc e t h e water s o f parturi t i o n swell an d

bur st the r e strai n in g wall s o f t h e wo m b whe n t h e ,

n in e m o n ths o f g e sta t i o n have b ee n c o m pl e t e d l aun c h

,

i n g t h e n e w b o rn soul up o n the Oc e an O f L i fe at the

-

first p o in t o f A ri es whe re it i s warm ed an d c heered

,

By t h e c o m b in e d rays o f Mars an d t h e Sun whi c h ,

a r e h o u se a n d exal tat i o n rul ers Thus i t I s prepare d

.

f o r t h e battle o f e xi sten ce by the e n erg e t i c war g o d -

,

a n d i t s f o un ta in o f l i f e be i t l arge o r sm all i s fill e d

, ,

t o c apa c i ty by the Sun fr o m the gr eat c osm i c r e se r

,

vo i r o f Vital en er g y .

THE HO U SES

I n a ho ro sc o pe the b i rthp l ace is al ways supp ose d

t o b e the hi ghest p oin t o n the e arth I t i s d esi gn ate d
.

by an arr o w o n the di agram h e rewi th an d the p o in t

ri ght ab o ve i t in the sky is call e d t h e Mid h e ave n A s .

an o b se rver in the n o rth e rn h e m i sphere must al way s

l o ok so uth t o se e the n oo n day Sun i t f ol l o w s that

,

e ast i s t o the l e f t an d west o n hi s r i g h t Astrol o gers

.
30 SI MP LI FIED SCIENTIFI C AS TROLOGY

cal l the east e rn h o ri z o n the A sc e nd a n t becau se at that

,

p o in t t h e sta rs rise o r asc e nd to wards the Mi dheaven ,

an d f o r the r e ve rse reaso n they cal l the w e st ern h o ri

zo n the D esc e n da n t . Rays fro m stars l o cated at these

ex tre m e p o in ts w oul d stri ke the b i rthpl a c e at differ
e n t an gl es hen ce thei r i nfl ue n c e w o ul d vary an d th e re
,

woul d al so be a n oti c e abl e di fie r e n c e o f e fie c t at i n

t e r m e di at e p o in ts betwee n the H o ri z o n an d Mi d
heaven besi des the pl an ets that have descen ded b e
, ,

l ow the earth have al so p o wer tho ugh n o t t o the sam e

,

exte n t as wh e n ab ove the b i rthpl ace Th e infl uen ce o f

.

pl an ets o n vari ous departmen ts of l i fe h as b e en oh

se r ved t o be as f oll ows :
 SI G NS A ND HOUSES 31

Fir st H o use — Th e shape an d c on di ti o n o f the

’
b o dy, earl y e n vi ro n m e n t an d c hi ldho o d s ho me .

Se c on d H o use —Fin an ce .

Th ir d H o use—L i t e rature , the eful arts practi cal

us ,

in tell i ge n c e sh o rt j o urn e ys br o thers an d si ste rs

, ,
.

Fo ur t h H o use—Th e h o m e a n d c on di ti o n s in Ol d

Fif t h H o use —Am usem en t , c o urtshi p , c hil dren

an d s pecul ati o n .

Six t h H o use —H ealth , se rvan ts an d l ab o r .

Se ve n t h H o use — P artn ershi p , marri age , the fin e

arts an d the publ i c .

Eig h t h H o use — I n heritan c e d e ath , .

Nin t h H ausa —Re l i gi o n philan thr o py i de alism ,

, ,

j ust i c e an d l on g j o urn e ys .

Te n t h H o use—P r o f essi on so ci al p o siti on an d

,

amb it i o n .

El e ve n t h H o use— Fri e n ds h o pes an d wishes

, .

Twe l f t h H o use—P riso ns ho sp ital s so rrow an d

, ,

tro ubl e.
 CHA P TER IV .

THE RISI N G SI GN AND THE T WELVE HOUSES

‘
O il ust r ate h ow
a ho r osc o pe is cast we w il l fi rst ,

ca st f o ur h o r o sco pes f or person s b o rn in Chi cago ,

A ugust 2 1909 at
, , A M A M
. .P M, . .
, . .
,

an d P M a s far as the pla cin g Of the si gns up

. .
,

o n the cu sp s o f the h o uses Th e cusp s are the di vi d

.

i n g li n e s between the ho u se s .

Fi n di n g Chi cag o o n the map we n o te that i t is ,

l o c ated n ear t h e 42n d degree o f No rth l ati tude an d ,

cl o se t o 88 degrees o f l on gi tude West fro m Green wi ch .

Our first c on cern i s t o fin d the True L o c al Ti me

o f B i rth . We first turn t o the rul e o n page 22 whi ch
says To the ne a r e st Stan dard Meri d i an Time a dd ,

f our mi n utes f o r ea ch degree the b irth pl ace i s Eas t

o f the Meri di an c o rr e sp o n di n g t o that Time .

I f the bi rth pl ace i s West o f that Meri di an sub ,

t r ac t fo ur m in ute s f o r ea c h degree it i s W e st thereo f .

Th e n ea r e st Stan dard Meri d i an Time i s Cen tral

Time gauged by the 9 ot b meri d i an Chi c ago b e in g .
,

88 d e gree s West L o n gi tude i s t w o degr ee s East o f

,

the 9 0t h meri di an We therefo re add t w o ti me s f o ur

.
,

o r e i ght min utes t o t h e time sh o wn by the cl o ck i n

, ,

o rder t o fin d true l o c al t ime I n the case o f the fir st

.

32
 THE RISI NG SI G N AND THE T WELVE HOUSES 33

b irth ho u r wh en the c l o ck sh o wed

, A M on . .

A ugust 2n d the tru e l o cal t im e i s thu s f o un d t o be

.
,

A M
. Thi s True L o cal Time o f B i rth wil l be
.

used i n al l sub sequen t cal cul at ion o f the ho rosc o p e

No te however that thi s co rrectio n o f Stan dard t o
, ,

L o c al Tim e app l i es o n l y in the Un ited States an d ,

is requi red o nl y f o r dates sub se quen t t o NOV 1 8t h .

,

1 883 when sta n dard t im e w as ad o pted

, .

We will n o w proc ee d t o fin d the si dereal time ( ah

b r e vi at e d t o S T ) at the bi rth p l a ce at the m o me n t
. .

o f b i rth . A s a start in g p o in t f o r our c al cul atio n s we

have t h e S T ( si dereal time ) f o r Gre e n wi c h at n oo n
. . .

Fro m that we may c al cul ate the si dere al ti me at the

bi rth pla c e an d h o ur by the f oll o wi n g rul e
-

To the si dereal t im e f o r the n o on p r e vious t o

bi rth ( gi ve n in t h e e p h m e r i s) a dd
Fir st 1 0 se c o n d s c o rr e cti on f o r every 1 5 degr ees
,

o f l on gi tud e t h e b i rth pla c e i s we st o f Gr e en wi c h

-
.

Se co n d , the in terval between the p r e vio us n oo n

an d b i rth .

Th ir d 1 0 sec on ds c o rrecti on f or ever y ho ur o f

,

thi s i n terval .

Fol l o wi n g the ab o ve rul e we turn t o the page of

ephemeri s i n the ba ck o f this b o ok an d fin d the c ol
um n marked Si dere al Ti me As o ur first b i rth ho ur
.

i s A u g ust 2n d A M t r ue l o cal time we n o te

, . .
, ,

that the p r e vio u s n o on is A u g ust 1 st Opp osite that .

date we n ote the si de re al t ime as b e in g 8 ho urs 37

mi n utes whi ch we put down thus :
,
34 SI M PLIFI ED sc m NTIFI C AS TROLOGY

H M S
. . .

S T at Gr e e n wi ch f o r n oo n p r e vi o us t o b irth
. . 8 7 .

Co rr e c tio n f or 1 0 se c o n d s f or e ach 1 5 d e g W 1) . .

Lo n g o f b ir t h pla ce
.

I n t e rval b e t we e n t h e p r e vi o u s n o on ( A ug l st ) .

a n d t h e t im e o f b irth ( A ug 2ud , . A M ) 14 23 . .

Co rr e c tio n o f 1 0 sec o n d s p e r h o ur o f i n t e rval b e

twe e n p r e vi o us n oo n an d b ir th ( 1 4 h 23 m ) . .

e qu al s 1 44 se c o n d s o r 2 m in , 24 se c 2 24

S T
. . at th e b irth pla c e o n th e b irth ho ur 23 3 23-
.

Wh e n t h e b i rthp l a ce 18 l o cate d In East l on gi tude ,

co rr e c t i o n f o r l on g i t u d e is sub t r ac t e d H ad t h e chil d .

be en b o rn A ugust 2n d at A M , in l at it u d e 42. .

No rth but i n l on gitude 88 East the S T woul d be

, , . .

figured as f ol l o ws

S T Gr e e nwi ch f or n oon ( A ug l st )
. . .

Co rr ec tio n o f 1 0 sec o n d s f or e ach 1 5 d e gr ee s

East Lo n gi tu de ( sub tr ac te d )

I n t e rval fro m p re vi ou s n o o n ( Au g . l st ) t o birth,

1 4 23 00
Co r re c ti o n of 10 se c o n ds e ac h hou r of i n t e rval
fro m p r e vi o u s n o on to

S T
. at b irt h plac e at b i rth h o ur
.
,
-
23 1 25 .

As the H o use s a r e g o ve rn ed by l ati tude the same ,

tabl e o f H o uses is used as f o r the chil d b o rn in Chi

cago .
 THE RISIN G SI GN AND TH E T WELVE HOUSES 35

Wi th thi s S T we turn t o the tabl e o f H o uses

. .

f or the l ati tude o f the bi rthp l ace 42 degrees There, .

we search t h e vari o us c o lumn s m arke d Si dere al Ti me

f o r o ur S T at bi rth : 23 3 23
. . Th e o n e n ea re st t o
- -

that is 23 44 6 I n l in e wi th that si dereal t im e will

-
.

be fo un d the vari o us d e gre es Of the si gn s t o be p l a ced

in our ho rosc o pe .

I n the first co lumn un der l ati tude 42 N Opp o si te

°
.

the si de real ti me 23 44 6 we Ob serve t h e figure 1 5 ; at

-
,

the t o p o f the c o lumn we fin d the si gn P isc e s an d ,

ab o ve that figure 1 0 wh i c h m e a ns that

, 1 5t h
36 SI M PLI FIED SCI ENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

degree Of Pi sce s i s t o be pl ace d on the l ot h cusp as ,

d o n e in the ac co m pan yi n g h o r o sco pe .

I n the n ext c o lumn i n l in e wi th o ur si dere al ti me

, ,

we se e the figure 20 at the t o p is the si gn A ri es abo ve

, ,

that the figure 11 meani n g that 20 degrees o f A ri es

,

i s t o be p l aced o n the 1l t h cusp .

I n the thi rd c ol um n I n l in e wi th o ur si dere al time

, ,

i s the figure 1 Taurus an d 1 2 are at the head o f the

.

c o lumn but ben eath that i s Ge m i ni si gn i fyi n g that 1

de gree o f Gem i n i i s t o be p l a c ed o n the 1 2t h cusp .

Th e wi de c olum n marked A scen dan t c o me s n e xt .

The re we fin d the figure s in l in e wi th o ur si de

real time an d the si g n Gemini at the t o p but we di s
, ,

regard that si gn be c ause the si gn Can cer is p l aced

b e tween o ur l in e an d the t o p an d we al way s t a ke t h e
fir st sig n a b o ve o ur l i ne Theref o re we pl ace Can cer
.

8 :1 0 o n the A sce n dan t .

P r oc eedi n g al o n g the fi gures in our l in e we n o te

the figure 27 in the first c ol umn t o the ri ght o f the
wi de c ol umn A t the t o p i s the si gn Can cer a gai n
.

an d the fi g ure 2 A c co rdin gl y we pl ace t he 27t h de

.

gr ee o f Can c er o n the c usp Of the Se con d H o use .

I n the ex treme ri ght han d c ol umn we fin d the fig

ure 19 the si gn Leo an d the figure 3 at the t op of the
,

c ol umn Therefo r e we pl ace the 19t h degree of Leo

.

o n the Thi rd Cusp .

We have thus Obtain ed figure s f or six o f o ur

houses the six o pp osite h o uses are given the o pp o si te
,

si gn s an d degr ees .
 THE RISIN G SI G N AND TH E T WELVE HOU SES 37

H avi n g P i sce s 1 5 on the Te n th H o use we place ,

the Opp o si te degree Vi rgo 1 5 o n the Fo urth Cusp ,

whi ch i s o pp o si te t h e Te n th .

A ri es 20 on the El eve n th H o use is t h e o p p o si te o f

Li bra 20 pl a c ed o n the Fifth Cusp .

Sagi tta ri u s 1 p l ac e d o n the Sixth Cusp f o rm s an

exact o pp o site t o Gemin i 1 o n the Twe lfth H o use .

Th e A sce n dan t is o pp o si te the Seve n th Cu sp a n d

Capri c o rn 8 :1 0 plac ed there is the o pp o site o f Can cer
o n the A scen dan t .

Can ce r 27 o n the Sec on d H o u se will be pr o perl y

Opp o sed by Capri c o rn 27 on t h e Ei ght h H o use an d ,

A quari us 1 9 p l a c ed on the Nin th is in o pp o si ti on t o

Leo 1 9 o n the Thi rd .

Now all the cusp s are fil l ed but o n acco un t o f the

,
’
in cl i n at i on o f the earth s axi s so m e o f the si gn s may
b e i n t e r c e p t e d betw e en t w o c usp s there fo re i t i s n e c
,

e ssary t o se e if all the twel ve si gn s are i n o ur h o r o

sco pe befo re pro c eedin g furthe r Co un tin g fro m
.

A ri es we n o te the prese n ce o f Gemin i

, Taurus i s .

mi ssin g an d we therefo r e p l a c e i t in it s p r o per p osi

,

ti o n betwe e n A ri e s an d Gemi ni .

Wh e n a c e r t ai n sig n is i n t e r ce p t e d i t s o p p o si t e ,

al so wi l l b e m issi n g We may th e re fo re at o n ce p l a c e
.
, ,

Scor p i o i n it s pr o per p osi ti o n between L ibra an d

I t will n ow be fo un d that al l the twel ve si gns ar e

pl aced in o ur ho ro sc o pe Can ce r an d Capri c o rn eac h
,

o ccupyi n g t w o cu sp s I t is fin i shed as f ar as p l a cin g

.
38 SI M PLIFIED SCI ENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

the si gn s in thei r pr o per p o siti on s r e l ative t o the

ho use s a n d that i s a s far a s w e will pro c e ed at the
,

presen t time so we wi ll l e ave thi s ho r o sco pe an d cal

.

c ul ate o n e f or a perso n b o rn si x h o urs l ater in the

same p l a c e : Chi c ag o A ugu st 2 ,A M , . .

We first have t o fin d the True L o cal Ti m e o f B i rth .

A s bef o re we add e i ght m i n ute s t o the tim e sh own

,

by the cl o ck n am el y , A M Thi s gi v e s us . .

A M whi ch i s the Tru e L o c al Ti m e o f B i rth

. . .

Our rul e f o r fin di n g the Si dereal Tim e at the b i rth

h o ur an d p l ace requi re s that we n o t e t h e

S T
. . at Gre e n w i ch o n t h e n oo n p r e vi o u s t o b i rth
( A u g 1 st ) , as gi ve n i n t h e Ephe m e ri s
. .

Co rr e c tion o f 1 0 se c o n d s f o r e a c h 1 5 d e gr e e s W .

Lo n g o f b irth pl ace ( Ch ica go , 88 W )

. .

I n t e rv al fro m p r e vi o u s n oo n ( A u g l st ) t o t h e .

tim e o f b irth ( A u g 2n d , . A M ) 20 23
. .

Co rre c ti o n o f 1 0 se c o n d s f o r e a ch ho ur o f in te r
val e qu al s 204 se c o n ds 3

Si de r e al Tim e at b i rth pl ace at t h e b irth h o ur 29 4

Sub tr act t h e cir cl e o f 24 ho urs . 24

5 4 23
A s there be o nl y twen ty f o ur h o urs i n a day
ca n -
,

we subtract 24 where n e c essary an d w o rk with the ,

remain der in thi s case 54 23 whi c h w as t h e tru e

,
-

Sidereal Ti me in Chi cag o at the b i rth This tim e o r .

,

t h e n e arest theret o we a c c o rdi n gl y se e k i n the Table

,

o f H o u se s f o r the l at itude o f Chi c ag o 42 d e gree s N ,

.

Th e n eare st t im e i s 5 3 29 an d i n l i n e wi th that
- -
,

we fin d t h e d e gr e e s f o r the vari o us c u sp s o f o u r
 THE RISI N G SI GN AND THE T WELVE HOUSES 39

h o use s I n the c o l umn n ex t t o the r i ght o f the Si

.

dereal Time is the figure 1 7 A t the t o p o f the c ol umn

.

the si gn Ge m in i an d the fi g ure 1 0 W e therefo re .

p l a c e the 17 th degree o f Ge mini o n the Ten th Cusp .

I n the n ext c o lumn t o the ri ght is the figure 21 .

A t the t o p o f the c ol umn the si gn Can c er an d the

,

figure 1 1 so we p l ace the 21st degree o f Can cer o n

,

the El e ve n th Cu sp .

Th e n ext ri ght han d c ol umn h as the figure 22 A t .

the t o p is the si gn Le o an d t h e figure 1 2 so we pl ace ,

the 22n d de gr e e o f Le o o n the Twelfth H o use .

Th e l arge c o lum n marke d A sce n dan t h as the si gn

Vi rgo an d the figures are i n o u r l in e so we ,

pl a c e Vi rgo o n the A sc en dan t o r Fi rst H o u se

. ,

o f o ur figure .

I n the first c ol umn t o the ri ght o f the wi de c ol umn

we n o te the figure 14 W e n o te al so that the si gn Li
.

bra is ab o ve ou r l i n e befo re we c o m e t o the t o p o f t h e

c ol umn an d we there fo re di sr e gard the si gn f o un d
,

there but n ote the figure 2 whi c h in di c ate s that the

, ,

Secon d Cu sp i s o c cup i ed by the 14th degr ee Of L i bra .

I n the extre m e ri ght han d c ol umn we fin d

the figure 1 3 an d al so a si gn be fo re we c o m e t o the t o p
o f the c o l um n t h e si gn Sc o rp i o so we p l ace the 1 3th
, ,

degree o f Sco rp i o o n the Thi rd Cusp .

Now we have pl aced si gn s on the six ho uses an d ,

we pr o ceed t o put i n the si x o pp o si te si gns on the o p

p o sit e h ouse s as befo re : Opp o si t e Ge m i n i 17 on the
Ten th H o use we pl ace Sagi ttari u s 17 o n the Fo urth
40 SI M PLIFI ED SCIENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

H o use .Op p o si te Can cer 21 o n the El even th we pl ace

Capri c o rn 21 o n the Fi fth . Opp o si te Le o 22 on the
Twelfth we p l ace A quari us 22 o n the Sixth Opp o
.

si te Vi rgo on the A sc en dan t we p l ac e Pisc es

1 8 :56 o n t h e Seve n th . Opp o si te L ibra 14 o n the Se c
o n d p l a c e A r i es 1 4 o n the Ei ght h an d o pp o si te Se o r
,

p i o 1 3 o n the Thi rd pl ace Taurus 1 3 o n the Nin th

,

H o use .
!
Now al l the cusp s o f the ho ro sco pe ar e fill e d an d,

we start t o c o un t t h e si gn s t o se e if they are al l pres

e n t o r if i t is n e ce ssary t o put in an y that m ay be in
 TH E RISIN G SI G N AND THE T WELVE HOUSES 41

t e r ce p t e d . We
mm e n c e o ur c o un t at A ri es an d fin d
co ,

tha t all twelve si gns are r e pre se n te d an d i t i s there ,

fo re at a stage o f c omp l etion where we deci de t o

l eave i t f o r t h e prese n t .

We n ext pr o c eed t o ca st the h or o sc ope f o r a per

son b o rn at Chi c ag o A ugust 2 at ,
P M True , . .

L oc al Tim e o f B i rth i s 8 mi n utes l ater o r 2 :23 P M . .

We fin d that t h e p r e vi o us n o on is A ugust 2n d an d so
w e start o u r c al cul at i o n s a s f oll o ws :
H M S
. . .

S T
. . at
Gre e n wi ch o n t h e n oo n p re vio us t o birth
( A u g 2n d ) .

Co rre c ti o n o f 1 0 sec on ds f or e ac h 1 5 d e g r ee s W .

Lo n g o f b irth place ( 88 d e gree s)

.

I n te rval fro m p r e vi o u s n o o n t o th e tim e of b irth

( n oo n t o P . M) .

Co r re c t i o n of 10 se c s
’
f or e a ch ho ur Of i n te r val 24

S T
. . at b irth pl ace o n b irth hour 1 1 5 23
Turn i n g t o o ur Tabl e s o f H o uses f o r l ati tude
42 N we fin d t h e n earest S T t o be 11 4—
°
.
, 46 . .
-
.

I n the first c ol umn un der l a ti tude 42 N is the fig

°
.

ur e 1 5 ; the si gn Vi r g o an d the figure 1 0 are at the

t o p o f the c ol umn Ther efo re we pl a ce 15 degree s o f
.

Vi rg o o n the Ten th Cusp .

Th e se c on d c ol umn h as the fi gure 1 6 L i bra an d ,

the figur e 1 1 at the t o p so 1 6 de gree s o f Li bra i s ,

pl aced o n the El eve n th H o use .

Th e fi gure 10 is i n the thi rd c ol umn an d the Si gn ,

Sco rp i o betwee n o ur li n e an d the t o p therefo re w e ,

disregard the si gn at the t o p but n o te t h e figure 12, ,

42 SI M PLIFI ED S CIENTIFI C AS TROLOGY

an d acc o rdi n gl y p l a ce 1 0 degree s o f Sc o rp io o n

Twe l fth H o u se .

I n the wi d e c o l umn we se e t h e figure s whi ch

we plac e o n the A sce n dan t wi th the si g n Sc o rp i o
f o un d at the h e ad o f the c o lum n .

Th e c o l umn t o t h e ri ght o f the wi de c ol umn c o n

ta in s the figure 1 w ith the si gn Capri co rn ab o ve an d
,

at the t o p is the figure 2 Th e re f o re we put Capri

.

c o rn 1 o n t h e Se c o n d Cusp .

Th e extre m e ri ght ha n d c o lumn sho ws t h e figure

8 the si gn A quari us ab o ve an d the figure 3 at t h e
,
 THE RISIN G SI G N AND TH E T WELVE HOUSES 43

hea d Of the c o l umn A c c o rdin gly we place the 8t h

.

d e gree of A quari u s o n t h e Thi rd H o use .

Now o ur six c usp s are fil l ed an d we pro ceed t o ,

pl ace t h e Opp o site si gn s an d de gree s on the o ther six

c usp s as d e sc rib e d i n d e tail i n c o nn e c ti o n wi th the
first t w o h o r o sco pes When th at h as bee n d on e we
.

c o un t o u r si g n s f r o m A ri es t o se e if al l ar e re p r e
sen ted .That bri n gs o u t the fact that Ge m in i an d Sa g
i t t a r i us are mi ssi n g so w e i n sert them in the i r pro p e r
,

p l a c es—Gem in i betw e en Tauru s an d Can c e r Sagi t ,

t a r ius between Sc o rp i o a n d Capri c o rn Our ho ro .

sc o pe h as bee n c o m pleted as f ar as the si gns an d

ho uses a r e c on c e rn e d therefo re we leav e i t f o r the

,

pre sen t t o ca st t h e la st o f o u r f o ur experi me n tal map s

f o r a person b o rn in Chi c ago A ugu st 2 1 909 at , , ,

P M True L o c al Time o f B i rth is 8 mi n ut es l ater

. .

o r 8 :23 P M . .

A s befo re we n ote t h e
,

S T
. . at Gr e e n wi ch o n t h e n o o n p r e vi o us t o b irt h
( A u g 2n d ) .

Co rre c t i on o f 10 se c o n d s f o r e ve ry 1 5 d e gre e s t h e
b i rt h pl ac e i s We st o f Gr e e n wi c h
I n t er va l b e twe e n t h e p re vi o u s n oo n an d b irth . 8 23
Co rre c ti o n o f 1 0 se c o n d s f o r e ve ry h o u r o f i n t e r
val b e tw e e n p r e vi o u s n oo n an d b irt h

Si d e re al Tim e at b ir th pl ace at t h e b i rth ho ur 17 6 23

Wi th thi s tabl es o f
si dereal t i m e w e turn t o the

H ouse s f o r the l atitude o f b i rthp l ace 42 N an d fin d

°
, .
,

the n earest S T t o be 17 7-49

.
-
.
44 SI M PLI FI ED SCIENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

In the first c o l umn un der l atitude 42 N we fin d °

.

1 8 A t the t o p o f the c o lum n Sagi ttariu s an d the

.
,

figure 1 0 th e re fo re we pla c e Sagi ttari us 1 8 on the

,

Ten th Cusp .

Th e se c on d n arro w c ol umn sho w s the fi g ure 9 .

Capri c o rn i s ab o ve an d the fig ure 1 1 i s at t h e t o p o f

the c o lumn so we p l ac e Capri c o rn 9 on the Eleve n th
,

Cusp .

Th e thi rd n arro w c ol umn h as the figure 2 with

A quari us ab o ve an d the figure 1 2 at the h e ad o f the
c o lum n so we pla c e A qua r i us 2 degr e es o n the cusp
,

of Twel fth H o use .

 THE RI SING SI GN AND THE T WELVE HOUSES 45

I n the wi de c o lumn are the figure s Pi sc es

ab o ve an d A sc e nd a n t at the t o p , so we pl ace 7 :8 o f
P isc es o n the Asc en dan t .

To the ri ght of the wi de c ol umn we fin d the fi gure

25 ; A ri e s an d are at the t o p so we p l ace A ri es 25
2 ,

o n the Sec o n d Cusp .

Th e extreme ri ght han d c ol umn h as the fi gure 26

an d Tauru s i s at the t o p wi th the figure 3 A cco rd .

in g l y we p l a c e Taurus 26 on t h e Thi rd Cusp .

H avin g thus fill ed the six cusp s we pro ceed t o ,

fill the six Opp o site ho uses wi th the o pp o si te si gn s .

G e min i 1 8 o n the Fo urth in o pp o siti o n t o Sa g it

t a ri us 1 8 o n the Ten th Can c er 9 on the Fifth i n o p
.

p o si ti o n t o Capri c o rn 9 on the Eleven th an d so on ,

Whe n all the c u sp s have bee n fil l e d we c oun t the si gns

an d fin d t h at all t we l we are pr e sen t hen ce o ur h e ro
,

sco pe h as reached the same sta ge o f c o mpl eti on as

the o n e s previ o usly c ast .

These h o rosc o pe s o f f o ur chi l dren b o rn in the

same c ity ( Chi cago ) o n the same day an d year ( A u g .

2 1 9 09 ) b u t a t d iffe r e n t h ou r s Sh o w grap hi c all y

, ,

that pe o pl e may be an d are b o rn un der all the twel ve

, ,

si gn s an ywhere o n an y day o f the year .

When we co m pare the fo ur h o r o sc o pe s we have

cast we may l earn several imp o rtan t l esso n s I n the .

first p l ac e we may see the w o rthl e ssn ess o f the state

,
“
men ts so o fte n heard ; I was b o rn un der Taurus !
,
“
or I was b o rn un der Sc o rp i o whi ch simpl y means
,

that the p erson was b orn in May o r Novembe r when

46 SI MPLIFI ED SCI ENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

the Sun was i n t h e si gn s m e n tio n ed Such a state

.

men t at on ce e xp o se s the o n e wh o so expre sse s hi m

se l f as be in g i gn o ran t Of the sc i en ce o f Astro l o gy a n d

reve al s the fac t that if he h as had a ho ro sco pe c ast ,

i t has been d o n e by an in com peten t astrol o ger The se.

“
so m et ime s advert ise t o cast a h o ro sc o pe tell in g yo ur
fo rtun e fro m the c radl e t o the grave f o r a very
!

smal l sum . But a c o n sci en ti o us astrol o ger can n o t

g ive a sim pl e de li n eati on o f character wi tho ut spen d
 THE RI SIN G SI GN AND TH E TWELVE HOUSES 47

in g at l e a st ho ur i n c al cul at i on an d cl o se c on een
an

t r a t i o n a n d t o m ak e pred i cti o n s c o veri n g a who l e

l i f e w o ul d re qui re days o f ardu o us w o rk Th e sc i e n .

t ific astr ol o ger m ay speak o f a p e rso n as ha vi n g Tau

r us o r Sc o rp i o r isi n g an d that state m e n t at o n c e
,

sh o ws that a c al cul at i on h a s been made taki n g i n to

c on si derati o n year m o n th day h o ur an d p l ac e m ak

, , , , .

i n g the h o ro sco pe c ast ab sol utely i n di vi dual ; whi le

the o ther typ e O f ho ro sc o p e ( t ) i s d e term in ed so l e ly
fr om the m o n th wh e n a person w as b o rn wi th o ut r e .

gard t o day h o ur o r e ve n year

, .

I f a h o ro sc o pe c o ul d b e c ast by su c h a meth o d o r ,

rathe r l ack o f metho d th e re w o ul d be o nl y tw e l ve

, ,

ki n ds o f p e o pl e o n earth a n d all p e rso n s b o rn i n the

sam e m o n th w o ul d have the sa m e fate Su c h i s m an .

if e st l y n o t the c ase ; i n fa c t the re are n o t wo pe o pl e

,

wh ose exp e ri e n c e s are exa ctl y al ike an d an Astro l ,

o g y whi c h d o e s n o t make su c h a d ist in cti o n ca nn o t

b e a true sc i e n c e .

Th e sci e n tifi c a strol o ger a sks first the year o f b i rth

be c ause he kn o ws tha t the p l an e ts d o n o t c o m e in to
the same relati ve p o si t i on s m o re than on c e in a
Great Sid e real Ye ar ; thus a chi l d s h o ro sc o pe c ast f o r
’

1 9 09 ca n n o t be dupl i c at e d f o r ye ars Next .

he asks the m on th f o r up on that will depen d the

,

p o si ti o n o f the Sun whi c h is in a diff eren t si gn every

,

m on th in t h e year .

Th e day dete rmin e s parti cul a rl y the p osi ti on o f

the Mo on whi ch chan ges fro m o n e si gn t o an o ther
,
48 SI MPLIFI ED SCI ENTI FI C ASTROLOGY

e very t wo an d o n e hal f days; an d the ho ur i s al so

-

n eedful t o fix i t s p osi t i on as i t m oves ab o ut 12 de

,
o .

gree s ea c h day .

Yet even wi th the se data the ho ro sc ope w oul d l ack

in di vi dual i ty f o r if a c hil d i s b o rn every se c on d that
,

wo ul d me an that pe o pl e are b o rn wi thi n the

sa m e h o ur . I f we ca n brin g the data t o wi thi n t e n
min utes Of the actual tim e o f b i rth we sho ul d have the
wherewi thal t o cal cul ate a rel ati ve p o siti o n o f the
p l an ets su ch as wo ul d fit o nl y 600 Of t h e pe o pl e o n
earth I f we ad d the l ast datum p l ac e whi ch en able s
.
, ,

us t o cal c ul ate t h e r i si n g si g n a n d d e g r e e w e shal l ,

have an ab sol ute l y in divi dual ho ro sc o p e f o r i t i s sel ,

d om in deed that t wo person s are b o rn i n t h e same

p l ace at the same ho ur a n d m in ute Even twins are
, .

b o rn at an i n terval o f fr om t wen ty m in ute s t o se veral

h o ur s apar t an d we can re adil y se e tha t a d ifie r e n t
,

de gree w oul d then be ri sin g f o r each o f the t wo .

Wh e n the l ast o f a Si gn i s risin g f o r o n e o f the twin s ,

the o ther will usuall y be b o rn un der t h e n ext si gn .

A s the risin g si gn i s on e o f the pri n ci pal si g nific a

to rs i n m o ul din g the b o dy the appearan ce Of the
,

se c on d twi n m i ght b e to tally d i fie r e n t from the first .

A c o m pari so n o f the ri si n g si gn s sho ws an appar

e n t l a c k Of un i f o rm i ty i n the d iurn al m o ti o n o f the

earth A t
. A M Can cer
. . i s ri si n g whi l e ,

twel ve ho urs l ater Sc o r p i o 29 16 i s o n the A se n d an t,

-

sh o wi n g that the b i rth p l a c e h as travelled o nl y ab o ut

141 degre e s i n t h e twel ve ho urs in vo l ve d To c om .

 THE RISIN G SI GN AND THE T WELVE HO USES 49

p l e t e theci rcl e it must travel 219 degree s i n the r e

,

m ai n in g twel ve h o urs But as the di urn al r otati o n

.

o f the earth o n i t s ax is i s un i fo r m the l a c k o f un i

,

f o rmi ty in the m o ti on n o ted ab ove i s due t o it s n o t

be in g tru e diurn al m o ti on Th is c on d iti o n i s c ause d
.

by the o bl i qu ity o f t h e Ecli pti c an d the c o nse que n t

u n eq ual di vi si o n Of t h e lat t er by t h e plan e s se parat

i n g the ho use s th ese plan es b e in g tho se o f t h e ho riz on

,

a n d the m e r i di an an d fo u r i n t e rm ed i ate o n e s at 30
de gr e e in t e rval s Fo r this re aso n c e rta in si gn s u se
.

m o re Sl owly than o thers an d a r e there fo r e call e d Sig n s

o f Lo n g A sce nsio n whi l e thei r o pp o site s ar e c all ed
,

si gns o f Sho rt A scensi o n I t wil l b e e vi den t fro m

.

the fo rego in g that m ost p eo ple are bo rn un de r the

si gn s o f l o n g asc ensi on —
“

Can c er Le o Vi rgo Li bra

, , , , ,

Sco rp i o an d Sagitta ri us i n t h e No rthern H e m i sphere ,

a n d thei r o pp osite s i n the So uthern H emisphere .

 CH A P TER V .

H OW TO CALC ULA TE T EES POSI TI ONS

OF T HE PLANET S

As the Ephe m e ri s i s cal cul ated f or Gree n wi ch at

the time whe n t h e Ob se rvat o ry cl o ck st rike s twel ve .

i t is n ecessa ry t o make c o rrec ti ons f o r o ther ho urs an d

f o r p l a ce s East o r West fr o m that p o in t when it i s
de si red t o c al cul at e a h o r o sc o pe .

By addi n g fo ur min ute s f o r each d e gree Of l o n gi

tude the b i rthp l a c e is W e st o f Green wi c h t o the t r u e
lo cal ti me o f bi rth we o btai n the Green wi ch Me an
Tim e as re c o rde d by the Ob serv ato r y cl o ck Thi s i s .

writte n G M T . . .

We wil l apply thi s rul e t o cal cul ate the G M T . . .

o f the h o ro sc o p e f o r A ugust 2 A M at Chi cago

, . .
,

whi c h is 88 degrees We st l on gitu de :

H M
. .

Tru e Lo cal Time of B irth ( se e p ag e 23 A . M A ug

. . 2
4 m i n t im e s 88
. de gr e e s e qu al 3 52 m i n . 5 52

G re e nwi ch M e an Tim e ( G M T ) . . . 2 15 P M A u . 2 .

Mul ti plyin g the degree o f West l o n g I t u d e o f h]

.

cago ( 88 d e grees) by f o ur mi n utes gi ve s u s 3 52 m in

ut es whi c h we di vi d e by 60 beca use there ar e 60
,

50
 H OW To CALC U LATE THE PLANETS POSI TI ONS ’
51

mi n ute s in e a c h h o ur Thus we o btain 5 ho urs 52

.

mi n ut e s whi c h we add t o the true l o c al ti me o f bi rth

, ,

23 min ut es a f te r 8 in the m o rni n g a n d the sum is 1 5 ,

m i n u te s past 2 o cl o ck i n the aftern oo n whi c h is the

’
,

G M T
. . .

That is t o say at the i d e n ti c al t i me when t h e chil d

,

w a s b o rn a n d t h e Chi c ago cl o c ks p o in ted t o 1 5 m i n

u te s afte r 8 O c l o c k i n the m o rn i n g t h e Ob servat o r y
’
,
’
c l o ck at Gre e n wi c h sh o wed 1 5 mi n ut e s p ast 2 o c l o c k

i n t h e a fte rn o on
Thi s l atter i s the t im e we must use t o make o ur
’
c al c ulat i ons o f t h e plan e t s pla c e s an d i n o rder t o ,

have as f e w fac to rs in mi n d as p o ssibl e t h e begi n n er

i s advi sed t o f or g e t t h e l o ca l t i m e of b i r t h when
o n c e he h a s f o un d t h e G M T . . .

In We st ern l o n gitudes t h e G M T may advan ce . . .

i n to t h e day f oll o win g b i rth o n a cco un t o f t h e addi

ti o n o f 4 mi n ute s f o r e ac h degre e Of l o n gi tude I n .

the ca se s where t h e l on gi tude O f t h e b i rthpla c e i s

Ea st o f Green wi c h a subtrac ti on o f 4 m i n ut es i s m ade
f o r e a c h d e gre e ; he n c e the G M T may r e c ede in to . . .

the day prece di n g b i rth Therefo re we sp e ak n either

.

Of bi rthday n o r b i rt h h o ur but o f G M T day an d, . . .

ho ur .

Our co n cern i s n ow the t o fin d m o tion o f the

p l an ets on the G M T day whi ch is
. . .
, fr o m the n o on
b e fo re G M T t o the n o on after the
. . . G M T Th e
. .

p o si ti on s Of t h e pl an ets are f o un d in the ephe meri s .

52 SI M PLIFI ED SCIENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

As G M T i s A u g 2 19 09 at
o ur . . . P M .
, , . .
,

if we d e si re t o ca l cul at e the dail y m o ti on o f the Sun

we n o t e it s l on gi t udes o n the n o on o f A u g 2n d ( t h e .

n o o n b e f o re G M T ) an d A u g 3 r d ( t h e n o o n afte r
. . . .

G M
. . As we are t o subtra c t we pl a c e the l on gi
tude o f the p l an e t on the l ast day ab o ve f o r that ,

fac il i tates the Operati on .

Th e Sun ’
s lo n gi t ude at n oo n o n A ug . 3r d , 1 9 09 ,
( as gi ve n in t h e e p h e m e r i s) 10 28
Th e Sun
’
s l o n gi tu de at n oo n A ug . 2n d 9 31

Th e m o ti o n of t h e Sun on th e G . M T da y
. . . 0 57

Th e ne xt step i s between the

to find t h e i n t e r val
G M T an d t h e n e ar e st no o n f or that i s al so a b asi s
. . .
,

o f o u r c o rre c ti o n I n the pr ese n t ho r o sco pe the

.

G M T is A u g 2 2 :15 P M
. . .
.
Th e n ea r e st n o o n is
, . .

o bvi o u sly 12 O cl o c k A ugust 2n d an d t h e i n t e r val b e

’
,

tween 12 o cl o ck n o on a n d
’
P M i s therefo re 2 . .

h o urs an d 1 5 m in ute s .

Th e m o t i on o f the p l an et o n t h e G M T day an d . . .

t h e i n t e r val fro m G M T t o ne ar e st n o on havin g . . .

been fo un d o ur pro bl em may b e thus stated

,

Wh e n t h e Sun m ove s 57 min ute s o f sp ac e i n 24

ho urs h o w much d o es it m o ve in 2 ho urs an d 1 5 mi n
,

ute s ? A n swer : 5 min utes .

Th is meth o d o f w o rki n g the co rrect i o ns by simpl e

pr o p o rti on may be used with advan tage Where the
m o ti on of a p l an et is l ess than on e de g ree ; wi th V e
n us Mercury, an d part i c ul arl y i n the case Of the
,
 H OW TO
’
CA LC ULATE THE PLANETS POSI TI ONS 53

Moo n i t i s muc h qui cker safer an d m o re exact t o p e r

, ,

f o rm the c o rrecti o n by mean s o f l o gari thm s A tabl e .

of l o gari thm s i s f o un d o n the l a st p age s o f o ur

Ephem e ris f or an y y e ar also a part ial table in the
,

ba ck O f thi s b o o k a n d i t s u se i s e xce e d in gly sim ple

,
.

A t the t op o f the tabl e i s a l i n e o f fi g ure s : 0 t o 23 .

They a r e f o r the H o urs o r D e gre e s ( b o th b e i n g d iv

i si b l e in t o 60 m i n ute s) o n the l e ft h an d si de i s a n

o ther c o lumn havin g the m i n ut e figur e s : 0 t o 59 .

When we wish t o fin d the l o garithm o f a c er tain

n umber o f h o urs an d m in ute s we si m p l y pla c e o ur i n

dex fin ger up o n the fi g ure c o rre sp o n di n g t o the n um

ber Of ho urs o r degree s wan t e d r un i t d own the c ol
,

um n t ill we reach the l i n e c o rre sp o n d i n g t o the mi n

utes wan ted A t that p o in t where the li n e o f min ute s

.

i n terse c t s the c ol um n o f ho ur s o r d e grees will b e

f o un d the de sired l o garithm .

Fo r in sta n ce the dail y m o ti on o f the Sun in the

,

ho r o sc o pe un d e r c al cul ati on i s 0 degrees 57 mi n utes .

We p l ace o ur in dex fin ger up on the c ol um n marked

0 at t h e t o p We r un t h e fin ger d o wn the page till
.

we c o me in l in e with the figure 57 i n the min ute c ol

um n . Where thi s l in e i n terse c ts the c o l umn 0 i s the
’
figure whi ch i s t h e l o gari thm o f the Sun s m o
t i on o n the G M T day fr om n o on A u g 2 t o n oo n
. . . .
,

Au g 3. .

I n li kemann er we fin d the l o g ar i t h m of i n t e r val

between G M T an d the ne ar e st n o on I n this case
. . . .

the in terval is 2 h o urs 1 5 mi n utes Run n i n g our in dex

.
54 SI M PLIFIED SCIE NTIFI C ASTROLOGY

fin ge r d o wn t h e c ol um n marked 2 w e fin d the figur e

in l in e wi th the figure 1 5 i n t h e m i n ute c o lumn .

That l o gari thm i s the l o gari thm Of in t e rval .

Th e dail y m o ti o n o f e a c h plan et d ifie r s fro m the

dail y m o ti on Of all the o th e r plan e ts Ther e f o re t h e .

trave l o f ea ch m ust b e separate ly cal cul ated an d t h e

l o gari thm Of i t s m o ti o n f o un d but t h e in t e rval b e ,

tween the G M T an d t h e n e are st n o on appl ie s

. . .

equal l y i n t h e c al c ul ati o n Of all t h e plan e ts so that ,

once t h e i n t e r val h as b e e n asc e r t ai n e d , i t s l o g ar i t h m

ma y b e use d in t he c al c ul a t i o n o f a l l t h e p l a ne ts
’

p l ac e s .

Con ti n u in g our cal cul ati o n we p l a c e t h e

,

Lo gari th m of th e Su n s m o ti o n fro m n oo n A u g 2u d
’
.

to n oo n A ug . 3r d ( 57 m i n ut e s)
Plus Lo gar i t h m o f in t e rval

Lo gari th m of d i st a n c e tr ave l e d b y t h e Sun d ur i n g

2 4305
Th e val u e that l o garithm i n de gr e e s an d m i n
of

utes w e a sc e rtain by fin di n g i t o r t h e l o garithm n e ar

e st theret o i n t h e tabl e I n t h e pre se n t exam ple the
.

n earest l o gari thm i s Thi s figure i s in the c o l

um n m arked 0 d e gree s at the t o p a n d i n l i n e wi th ,

t h e figure 5 i n the e xtre m e l e ft han d c ol um n whi ch -

c on ta i n s min ut e s Th e r e fo re t h e val u e o f t h e l o ga
.

r i t h m i s 0 degrees 5 mi n ut es Thus w e have Obtain e d

.

the same an sw e r t o o ur pro bl e m ( Whe n t h e Sun

m o ves 57 min ute s i n 24 ho urs h o w mu c h d o e s i t m ove ,

in 2 h ou rs 15 m i n ? ) by u si n g l o garithm s as we d i d
wo rki n g by pro p o rti o n Th e l att e r m eth o d m ay se e m
.
 55
’
H OW To CA LC U LATE THE P LANETS PO SI TI ONS

easi er the begi nn er but o n c e the l o g ari thm o f in

to ,

t e r val h as bee n f o un d the l o gari thmi c m e tho d will be

f o un d t o be e asier qui cke r an d m o re exact f or the , ,

answ e rs Obtain ed by the t wo m eth o ds are n ot al ways

qui te i den ti cal an d part i cul arl y i n the case Of the
,

Mo o n l o garithm s sho ul d be use d .

H avi n g f oun d the di stan ce travel ed by the pl an et

d uri n g t h e i n terval b e twe e n the G M T an d the . . .

n e a r e st n o o n t o fin d the p l ace o f the p l an et at the

,

G M T ( whi c h is the e n d an d ai m o f o u r c al cul a

. . .

t i o ns) we mu st ad d this in c r e m en t o f co rre cti on t o

,

’
the plan e t s l o n gi tud e o n the n o on n ear e st t o the
G M T day i f t h e G M T i s P M f o r i n that case
. . . .
.
. . .
,

t h e p l an et h as travel ed farther than sh o wn by the

ephem eris .

If o n the o ther han d , the G M T i s i n the fo re

, . . .

n oo n ( A M ) the p l an et h as n ot yet reached the p o

. .

si t i o n i n di c ated f o r n oo n i n t h e eph e meri s he n c e i t ,

wi ll be n ecessa ry t o subtract the di stan ce Of travel

f o r t h e i n terval — the in c re m e n t o f c o rre cti o n — fro m
’
the plan et s l o n gi tude gi ven i n the ephem eri s f o r the
n oo n n eare st t o t h e G M T . . .

I n t h e pre se n t c ase the G M T i s aft er n o on . . .

( P : M so we ad d
D eg . Mi n .

Lo n gi tu de of t h e Sun o n t h e n oo n ne are st th e
G M T,
. . . A u g znd , a s p e r
. e ph e m er i s . . Le o 9 31
I n cre m e n t o f co rr e c t i o n 5

Lo n gi t u de of t h e Sun at G M T . . Le o 9 36
Thi s p o sI t i o n
.

W 111 be e n tered i n the h o r o sco p e .

56 SI M PLIFI ED SCIENTI FI C AS TROLOGY

Fo r the co n ven i en ce the studen t we will n o w

of

e n un ci ate the rul e f o r fin din g the p l an ets p l aces in ’

,

c onsecuti ve o rder o f o perati on

Fi r st — Fin d the G M T by addin g t o the l o cal
. . .

time o f b i rth 4 mi n ut es f o r each degree o f l o n gi tude

the bi rth p lac e is w e st o f Green wi ch ( subtract f o r
-

East l o n gi tude ) .

Se c o n d —r Fi n d the i n t e r val be tween the G M T . . .

an d t h e n e ar e st n o on al so the l o g ari t h m o f i n t e r val

, .

Th ir d —Fin d the p l an et s m oti on o n the G M T

’
. . .

day f ro m the n o on befo re the G M T t o the n o on af

, . . .

t e r the fin d al so the l o gari thm o f tha t m o t i on

Fo ur t h —A dd t o t h e l o gari thm o f i n terval t h e
l o gari thm o f t h e p l an e t s m oti o n o n the G M T day
’
. . . .

’
Th e sum o f the se i s the l o gari thm o f the pl an et s
travel dur in g the i n terval .

Fif t h —Fi n d the val u e o f the l o gari thm o f the

pl an e t s travel durin g the in terval i n degree s an d
’

mi n utes Thi s i s the i nc r e m e n t of co rr e c t ion

. .

Si x t h a ) When the G M T i s befo re n o on .

. .

su b t r a c t the in crem en t o f c o rre ct i on fr om the

p lan et s p o si ti on o n the n o on n earest t o the G M T

’
. . .

( b ) When t h e G M T i s aft e r n oo n ( P M ) add t h e

. . . . .

’
i n cremen t o f c o rrecti o n t o the pl an et s l o n gi tude o n
t h e n o on n earest t h e G M T . . .

Wh en p l ane t s ar e r e t r o g r ad e r e ver se t he 6 t h r ul e .

Th e resul t i n ei ther case Will gi ve t h e exact p o si

ti on Of the p l an et at G M T whi ch is e n tered in the
. . .
,

pro per p l ace i n the h o rosco pe .

 ’
H o w To CALCU LATE THE P LANETS P OSI TI ONS 57

The se rul es have been app l i ed i n c al c ul atin g the

al l

p o siti on o f o n e p l an et —the Sun — but as the G M T . . .

( A ugust 2 , P M ) an d the l o gari thm o f i n ter

. .

val are the same f o r al l the pl an et s we n eed

n o t cal c ul at e th e m aga i n as d i r e cted by Se ct i o ns Fi r st

a n d Sec o n d but c o m m en c e o u r c al c ul at i on s Of the

Moon an d p l an ets acc ordi n g t o Secti on Three

Lo n gitu d e of th e M oo n on t h e n o on a fter G M T . . .

as p e r t h e e p h e m e ris ( Aug 3 ) . Pi sc e s 2 39
Lo n gi tude o f t h e Mo o n o n t h e n oo n b e f or e G M T . . .

as p er t h e e phe m e r i s A ug . 2) A qu ar i us 1 7 55

Th e M oo n m o ti o n t h e G M T d ay 14 44
’
s on . . . .

Th e tuden t wil l remembe r that there are 30 de

s

grees in eac h Si gn an d 6 0 min utes in o n e degree I n .

the f o rego in g subtracti o n i t w as n ecessary t o b o rro w

1 degree a n d add i t s 60 mi n utes t o 39 f o r o nl y then ,

c oul d we subtra c t fro m the t o tal Of 9 9 m in utes the 55

mi n utes as requi re d l ea vin g a remain der o f 44 m in
,

ute s Si mil arl y we b o rro w o n e Si gn ( 30 degree s) ,

.
,

addin g i t t o the o n e degree o f P isces l eft aft er we b o r

ro wed t h e o n e degr e e t o w o rk o ur subtracti on o f the
mi n ute s Thus we subtract 17 fro m 31 degrees whi c h
.
,

l eaves a re main der o f 14 degrees .

A cc o rd in g t o Secti on F o ur o f our rul e we add

Lo gar i t h m of t h e Moo n
’
s m o ti o n on G M T d ay
. . . .

Lo gar it hm o f i n t e rval

Lo gar ith m of Mo o n ’
s tr ave l in
58 SI M PLI FI ED S CI ENTIFI C AS TROLOGY

Se cti on Five di r e cts thi s us t o fin d t h e val ue of

l o gari thm an d in o ur ta bl e o f l o gari thm s we n o te as

,

the n eare st thereto the figure A b ove that we ,

se e at the h e a d o f the c o l um n the figure 1 ; t o the ex

treme l eft is the figure 23 i n di c atin g that the M oo n ,

h as travel ed 1 degree 23 mi n u t e s duri n g the i n t e r val

( betw e en G M T an d the n eare st n o o n )
. . Thi s i s
. .

t here fo re the i n crem e n t o f c o rre c ti on .

Se c ti o n Six ( b ) d i rec ts that we add the in crem en t

o f c o rrect i o n t o t h e

D e g M in
. .

Lo n gi tu de of th e Moo n on the n oon n e a r e st

GM T
. . . ( A ug . 2) . A qu ari u s 1 7 55

I n cr e m e n t of co r re c t i o n 1 23

Th e l o n gi t u d e of the M oo n i n t h e h o ro sc o pe
. A qu a ri u s 1 9 18

Neptun e Uran us Saturn an d Jup

Th e m o t i on of , ,

i ter o n the G M T d ay fro m n oo n A ugust 2n d t o

. . .

n oo n A ugust 3 r d is se e n by a glan c e at the ephe m eri s

t o have bee n o nl y a few mi n ut e s Cons eque n tl y the .

di stan ce they have trav el e d i n the i n t e r val i s n egli

g ib l e an d they may be e n tered in the ho r o sco pe as
havin g the l on gi tude of t h e n e ar e st n o on t o the G M . .

T A ugust 2n d
.
,
Mars h as m o ved 1 5 min ute s o n t h e
.

G M T day an d we may there fo re ad d 1 mi n ute f o r

. . .
,

his travel durin g the in terval t o hi s l o n gi tude A ugust

2n d as gi ven i n the ephem eri s ; so that we e n ter hi m
i n t h e h o rosc o pe as be in g in A ri es 3 ; 58 .
 H o w To
’
CA LC ULATE THE PLANETS POSI TI ONS 59

Ven us will n eed l o garithmi c c o rrecti on .

Deg . Mi n .

Lo n gi t ude of Ve n u s on th e n oo n a ft e r G M T . . .

( Au g . 3) V ir o 6 21
Lo n t ud e of Ve nus on the n oo n b e fo re GM . .

A ug . 2) Vir go 5 9

Ve n us m oti o n o n t h e G M T
’
. . . d ay 1 12
Lo gar i t h m o f V e n u s m o tio n ’
on G . M T d ay
. . 1 301 0
.

Lo ga ri t h m o f in te r val 1 0280

Lo gari thm V e n u s tr ave l duri n in te rval

of
’

I n cr e m e n t o f c o rr e c t i o n ( value o f g or t h e n e ar
‘

og .

e st t h e r e t o i n thi s c ase
, e qu al 0 d e gr e e s 7 m in .

D eg . Mi n .

V e n u s lo n gi tu d e
’
on the n oo n n e ar e st GM T. . .

( A u g zu d )
. . Virgo 5 9
I n c re m e n t of co r re c ti on 7

Ve n us l o n g
’
. t o be t
en er e d in ho ro sc o p e . . Vir go 5 16

Mercury al so h as m o ved suffici en tl y t o m ake i t d e

si rable t o cal cul ate his e x a c t l o n gitude at G M T o f . . .

bi rth by l o gari thms

Lo n gitu de of M e rc u r y on th e n oo n a f t er G M T . . .

Lo n gi tu de of M e r cu ry on n oo n b e f or e G . M T . .

Le o 7 17

M er cu ry m o ti on o n t h e G M T d ay
’
s . . . .

Lo ga rith m o f M e rcu ry s m o t i on o n G M T d ay
’
. . . .

Lo gari th m o f in t e r val
Lo ga ri t h m of M e r c ury ’
s tr ave l durin g in t e rval .

Val u e o f l o g . or in cr e m e n t o f co rr e c ti o n ,

0 d e gr e e s , 12 m in ut e s .
60 SI MPLI FI ED SCIE NTIFI C AS TROLOG Y

D e g Min . .

Lo n gi tu de of Mer c ury on n oo n ne are st GM T. . .

Le o 7 17
I n cr e m e n t of co rre c t i o n 0 12

M er cur y ’
lo n g t o b e e n t e r e d in ho ro sco p e Le o 7
s . 29 . .

Th e p o si ti o n Of the D rago n s H e a d ( 83 ) o r
’
,

M oo n s No de an d the D rag on s Tail ( 83 ) have n o w

’
,
’
,

Th e l on gi tude Of the D rag o n s H ead

’
t o be f o un d .

f o r A u g 2n d the n oo n n ear est t o the G M T i s

. .
, . . .
,

f o un d in the e pheme r is t o be 1 3 47 Gemi n i Th e . .

D ragon s Tail o ccup i e s the o pp o si te p o in t n am e l y

’
,

1 3 47 Sagi ttari us The se p oin ts are t o be e n tered i n

. .

the ho ro scope .

The re re m ains yet an o ther facto r t o co mpl ete the

h o r o sco pe : the P art o f Fo rtun e Thi s is an i m agina ry .

p o in t c al cul ated fro m the l o n gi tude o f the Sun M o o n ,

a n d A sc en dan t Th e phil oso phy i s that the human

.
,

b o dy is pro duce d by the l un ar fo rc es A t the time .

o f c o n ce pt i o n the Moo n may be mathemat i cally dem

o n st r at e d t o ha ve b e en in the d e gree whi c h i s the As

ce n d an t at b i rth—a t b i rth i t h as a diff ere n t l o n gi tu de .

I n o n e o f these p o si ti o n s the Mo on may be sa i d t o

ha ve m agn etize d the p o sitive p ol e i n the o ther the ,

n e gati ve p o l e o f the seed at o m whi c h as a magn et

.

draws t o i tsel f the ch e mi cal sub stan c e that buil d s the

de nse bo dy Th e solar f o rces vi tal ize the b od y an d
.
,

as i t i s c o n sta n tl y decayin g a pab ul um i s n e c essary t o

,

re pai r waste That n utrim en t an d all m ate ri al p os

.

se ssi o n s are ther e f o re

, a strol o gi call y sp e aki n g d e
, ,
 ’
H OW TO CALC U LATE THE P LANETS POSI TI ONS 61

ri ved thro ugh the c o m b in ed in fl u e n c e s o f t h e Sun an d

the be f o re m en ti o n ed t w o p o siti o ns o f the M o o n
-
.

Whe n the plan e ta ry aspe cts t o thi s P art o f Fo rtun e

a r e favo rable mat e ri al succ ess an d pr o speri ty f o ll o w .

Wh e n adve rse in fl uen c es c e n t e r up on i t r e v e rse s are

,

met . Th e n atur e o f the a sp e c ti n g plan et the Si g n ,

a n d h o use i t i s in tell t h e so ur c e s whe n c e we may ex

p e e t o n e o r the o the r an d thus sho w us where t o di

,

re c t o u r e n e rgi e s o r what t o av oi d .

Th e Si gn s o f the Z o di ac a r e co un ted fro m Ar i es

whi c h is t h e first si gn an d ea ch is thus n umbered
,

Ar i e s 1 Lib ra 7

Tauru s 2 Sc o rp i o 8
Ge m i n i 3 Sagi ttari u s 9
Ca n c e r 4 Cap r i c o rn 10
5 A qu ari u s 11
6 P i sc e s 12

To fin d the P art o f Fo rtun e

A d d t o t h e l o n g itude o f the A scen dan t : si gn d e ,

gree an d mi n ute t he l o n gi tud e O f t h e M o o n : si gn d e

, ,

Fr o m that sum subtra c t t h e l on gi tud e o f t h e Sun

Si gn d e gr e e a n d mi n ute
,

Th e re m ain der i s the l o n gi tud e : si gn d e gre e an d ,

m i n ute o f t h e P art o f Fo rtun e .

A ppl yin g thi s rul e t o the h o r o sc o p e w e a r e cal cu

latin g we n o te the fac to rs i n vol ved in t h e cal c ul ati o n
,

as f o ll o w s
62 SI M PLIFIED SCIENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

Lo n g itu de of t h e A sc e n d an t .Vir g o ( 6 t h Si gn ) 1 8
. 56
Lo n gi tud e o f t h e Su n Le o ( 5t h Si gn ) 9 36
Lo n gi tude of the Moo n . . A qu ar i us ( 1 1th Si gn ) 1 9 18

We then fo ll o w t h e rul e an d add

Lo n g it ud e of t h e M oo n
Lo n gitud e o f t h e A sc en da n t

8 14
Subtract
Lo n gi tu de Of t h e Sun o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 9 36

Lo n git ude of t h e P art of 12 28 38

Th e twe lfth si g n is P i sce s he n c e
,
l o n gi tude o f
the
the P art of Fo rtun e in the h o r o sco pe will be Pisce s

In the ab o ve exampl e the stude n t will n o ti ce tha t

whe n addin g the de grees o f the M oo n a n d A sce n dan t
1 9 ! 1 8! t h e 1 degree carri ed i n addi t i o n o f the m i n
utes equals 38 but there are Onl y 30 degrees in a si gn
, .

so o n e si gn w as carri ed f o r ward a n d added t o the

o ther si gns the same as we add 60 mi n ute s t o degr e es

,

o r h o urs .

I f after subtracti n g the l on gitude Of the Sun

,

there are m o re than 1 2 si gns l eft we subtract the c i r ,

cl e o f 1 2 an d wo rk wi th the r e main der .

I t al so happen s that the si gn s o f the Sun s l on gi

’

t ude ex ce ed the com b in ed l o n g it udes o f the Moo n an d

Ascen dan t so that i t is i mp o ssi bl e t o perfo rm the sub
,

tracti on For instan ce if t h e

.
,
 H OW TO CALC ULATE THE p m m rrs ’
P OSI TIONS 63

Sig n B og Mi n. .

l gitu d e
on of A sce n dant 1 25 55
Lo n gi tu de of th e Moon 1 25 50

3 21 45
I f the Sun i s in Capri co rn the l ot h ,

si gn we cann o t subtr act 1 0 fro m 3 so we

,

A d d t h e e w e Of 12 Si gns 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00

15 21 45
Then we may subtr act
Lo n gi tude Of t h e Sun o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 10 29 55

4 21
Lo n gitu de of P a rt of For tun e . Can cer 21

In the f o rego in g subtrac ti on of 55 min utes fr o m

45 we bo rro wed 1 degree 60 mi n utes a dded that t o
, ,

the 45 min utes an d fro m their su m , 1 05 mi n utes we

, ,

su btra c ted 55 l eavin g 50 min utes

, .

To subtra c t 29 d e grees fr om 20 l eft after bo rr o w

in g 1 degree f o r subtra c ti n g the min ute s is i m p os ,

si bl e so we bo rr o w on e si gn fro m the 1 5
, That 30 d e .

grees we add t o the 20 whi c h makes 50 Fr o m tha t

, .

50 degre es we subtrac t 29 l ea vin g 21 degrees ,

Of .

the 1 5 si gn s w e have b o rr o wed 1 l eavin g 14 an d 1 0

, , ,

from 1 4 l ea ves 4 Th e fo urth si gn is Can cer so the

.
,

l o n git ude o f the P art o f F o rtun e is Can cer

We will n ow make a list o f the l on g itudes o f t h e
p l an e ts as we have fi gured them pri o r t o p l a cin g ,

th e m in the h o r0 800p e :
5
64 SI MPLIFIED SCIENTIFIC AS TROLOG Y

D eg . M in .

Lo n gi tu d e of t h e Su n Le o 9 36
Lo n gi tu d e o f t h e M o o n A qu a ri u s 19 18
Lo n g o f Ne p t u n e ( n o o n A u g
. . Ca n c e r
. 17 42
Lo n g o f U r an u s ( n o o n A u g
. . 18 1 51!
Lo n g o f Sa tu rn ( n oo n A u g
. . A r ie s 23 13
Lo n g o f Jup ite r ( n oo n A u g
. . V ir go 15 10
Lo n gitu de o f M a rs A r ie s 3 58
Lo n gi t u d e o f V e n u s V i r go 5 16
Lo n gi t u de o f M e r cu Le o 7 29
Lo n gi tu d e o f P a rt 0 Fo rt un e P i sc e s 28 38
Lo n g itu de o f D ra go n s H e a d
’
Ge m i n i 13 47
Lo n gitude o f D r a go n s Tail
’
Sa gi t ta ri u s 13 47

Th e p l an et s may p l ac e d i n t h e h o r o sc o pe
n ow be .

I n placin g t h e plan e ts t h e stud e n t sho ul d hav e

part i cul ar regard t o t wo p o i n ts :
Fi r st — That the plan e ts a r e p l a c e d i n the i r pr o p e r
h o use s an d o rder Th e si gns a n d d e gre e s o f the zod
.

i ac g o i n t h e d i re cti o n sh o wn by the arro ws ; c onse

qu e n tly start in g fro m A ri e s 0 ( whi ch m ust be i n the
,

Seven th H o u se a s A ri e s 1 4 i s o n the c u sp o f the

,

Ei ghth H o u se ) we n o te that Mars i s i n A ri es

c o n se qu e n tl y we p l a c e hi m in t h e Se v e n th H o use
c l o se t o t h e cusp o f t h e Ei ghth As A ri e s 14 i s o n the
.

c u sp o r l in e whi c h m arks t h e e n tra n c e t o t h e Ei ghth

H o u se an d Saturn i s A ri e s
,
we p l a c e hi m i n the
Ei ghth H o u se j ust ab o ve the cu sp Thu s b o th p l an ets
.

are in thei r pr o per rel ati on t o o n e an o th e r an d t o t h e

ho u se s a nd t h e y ar e so p l ac e d t ha t i n r e a d i n g we c an
,

m ake no m ist a ke as t o t h e si g n t h e y ar e i n I f M ars .

had been p l a c ed l o we r d own i n the Se ve n th H o use ,

at a c ur so ry gl an ce he mi ght se em t o be in P isce s an d ,
 H OW TO CALC ULATE PLANETS PO SI TI ON S
’
THE 65

Saturn , p l a c e d furthe r up in the Ei ghth , m i ght ap

pear t o be i n Tauru s Tha t w o ul d c ause a n e rro r in
.

readin g whi c h a l ittl e care wil l o bvi ate I f t h e st u

.

de n t o b se rves c are f ull y the metho d used in placin g

the p l an e ts i n thi s h o ro sc o pe there will n ever be an y
d o ubt as t o t h e si gn s t h e plan ets are o c cupyi n g .

Se c o nd —Th e p o si tio ns o f t h e p l an et s sh o ul d be
readable wi tho ut the n e c e ssity o f turn in g an d twist
in g the h o r o sco pe whi ch i s subversi ve o f pr o per con
,

c e n trati on If p l an e ts i n t he Thi rd Fo urth Nin th

.
, ,

an d Ten th H o use s are wri tten as we ha ve in scri b e d

66 SI MPLIFIED SCIENT IFI C ASTROLOGY

Neptun e an d Uran us, thi s i n c o n veni en c e w ill be o ver

c om e .

Th e
ho ro sc o p e h as n o w be en cast an d is c o mpl ete .

Mo st astro l o gers n o w start t o read but t o d o this ,

w o rk th o ro ughl y i t is n ecessa ry t o make an in dex

su c h as wil l be f o un d in a l ater chapter I n o rder t o .

m ake the stude n t tho ro ughl y co n versan t with the

mann er o f castin g a ho r osc o pe we wil l first c o m pl ete
the figure cast i n part f o r A ugust 2 P M f or , . .
,

that h o r osc o pe o ffers certain pecul i arit ies wo rthy o f

To fin d t h e G M T w e . . . ad d
t o t h e Tr ue Local
Tim e o f B irth , A u g . 8 23 P . M .

4 m in f or e ac h o f t h e 88 d e gr e e s l o n gi -
.

tu de , b irt h pl ace i s we st o f Gre e n wi ch 5 . H 52

G M T , A u gust 3r d
. . . 2 15 A M . .

H ere is an imp o rtan t p o in t Whe n we ad d 5 h o urs .

an d 52 min utes t o 8 P M , we b r i n g t h e G M T i n t o
. . . . .

the fo ll o wi n g at the i den ti c al time when the

d ay :
chi l d was bo rn an d the Chi cag o cl o cks p o in te d t o 1 5
min utes past 8 on the eveni n g o f A ugust 2n d t h e Oh ,

se r vat o r y cl o ck at Gree n wi ch sh owed 1 5 min ute s p ast

2 o n the m o rni n g o f A u g ust 3r d Thus the n oo n o f .

A ugust 3r d is n e ar est the G M T an d the in terval . . .

,

bet ween G M T . . A M ) an d n e arest n oo n is

.
. .

the re fo re 9 h o urs 45 min ute s, the l ogari thm o f in ter

,

val bein g 39 12 . .

We have n ow p erfo rmed the o perati on s p re scri bed

in Sect i ons One an d Two o f our rul e an d we will n ex t
 ’
H OW To CALC ULATE THE PLANETs P S O TI ON S 67

fin d the m o ti on of the Sun on the G M T d ay . . . as di ~

r ect ed by Secti on Three

'

Lo n g . of Sun o n n oo n a fte r G M T . . .

( A ug . 10 28
Lo n g . of Sun o n n oo n b e f or e G M T . . .

( A ug . 9 31

57
Lo g . of Sun m o ti o n o n G
’
s . M T d ay
. .

Lo gar ith m o f in te r val

Lo g . of Sun
’
s tr avel duri n g

Val ue of lo gar i t h m 1 7 9 37 ( in cr e m e n t
.

of co rre c ti o n ) 0 d e gr e e s 23 m i n u t
e
, .

Lo n g . of Sun o n n oo n ne ar e st G M . . . . Le o 10 28
Min us in cr e m e n t of co r ec r ti o n . 0 23

Lo n g . at G M T
of Sun Le o 1 0
. . . . .

Thi s p o si tion may be e n tered in the h o rosc o pe

‘

I n the l ast h o rosc o pe we ad d e d the i n c rem e n t o f

co rrect ion t o the l o n gi tude o f ea c h p l an et because the
G M T was aft e r n o on H ere the G M T is b e fo r e
. . . . . . .

n o on hen c e w e subtra c t the i n c rem e n t o f c o rre c ti on

f r o m the l o n gi tude o f each p l an et on the n e ar e st n o on

t o G M T as di rected by the rul e Sectio n Si x ( b )
. . . .

D e g M in
. .

Lo n g . of Moo n on n oo n a f t er G M T . . . . Pi sc e s 2 39
Lo n g . o f M oo n o n n oo n b e f or e G M T . . .

Mo tion o f Moo n on G . M T da y
. . 14 44
68 SI MPLIFI ED SCIENTIFI C ASTROLOG Y

Lo ga rith m of Mo o n ’
s m o t io n
Lo ga ri th m of i n t e rval

Lo g . of Moo n ’
s m o tio n durin g in te rva l

V al u e of l o ga rith m 6 03 1 ( in c re m e n t
.

of c o rr e c ti o n ) 5 d e g r e e s 59 mi n u t e s , .

Lo n g . of M oo n o n n oo n n e ar e st G M T
. . .

( A ug . P i sce s 2
M in u s in cr e m e n t of r
co r e c ti o n 5

Lo n git ud e of Mo o n at G M T . . A qu ari u s 26 40

A s in the first h o r o sco pe we cal cul ated so i n this ,

we may pass Neptun e Uran us an d Saturn wi th , ,

o ut c o rre ctin g an d en ter the l on gitud e o f each

,
’
f o r the n o on ne ar e st G M T i n the h o ro sco pe Mars . . . .

m o ti o n i s 1 5 mi n ut e s o n the G M T day an d hi s . . .

m o t ion durin g the in terval o f 9 h o urs 45 m in utes ,

w o ul d ther e fo re be ab o ut 6 mi n utes Subtrac tin g 6 .

min ute s fr o m Mars l on gt it ud e o n A u g 3r d ( the

’
.

’
n o o n n e g/r e st G M Mars p o siti o n i n the h o ro s
. .

c o pe wi ll be A ri e s Simi l arly Jup iter requi re s

a c o rrect i o n o f 4 min ut es maki n g hi s p osit i on Vi rg o

Lo n gi tu de of Ve n u s o n n oo n a ft er G M T . . .

( A ug . 3) V irgo 6 21
Lo n gi tu de of V e n us o n n oo n b e f or e G M T . . .

( A ug . 2) V ir go 5

M o ti o n of Ve n u s on G M T d ay
. . .
 H OW TO CALC ULATE THE PLANETS ’
P OSI TI ON S 69

Lo gar i t hm of Ve n u s ’
m o ti o n on G . M T . .

d ay
Lo gar ith m of i n t e rval 3 9 12

Lo garithmo f Ve n us tr avel durin g ’

i n t e rval .

V alue O f l o ga r ith m ( i n c re m e n t
o f c o r r e c ti o n ) 0 d e gre e s 29 m i n u te s , .

Lo n g o f V e n u s o n n oo n n e ar e st G M T
. . . .

M in u s in c r e m e n t of co rr ec ti o n
Lo n g . of Ve n u s t o be e nt e re d in ho ro sc o p e
5 52

Mer c ury i s the l a st Of the pl an ets we have to

c al cul ate .

D e g Min
. .

Lo n tu de f Me rcury ft e r G M T
gi g)
o n n oo n a . . .

ug .

Lo n gi t u de of M e rc u ry o n n o on before G M T . . .

( A ug .

Mo ti o n of M e rcury on G M T d ay
. . .

Me rc ury trave l G M T day

’
Lo g . of s on . . .

Lo gar i th m of i n te rva l

Me rcury m o ti o n duri n g in te rval

’
Lo g . of s .

D e g Min . .

V alu e l o ga rithm
of ( i n cr e m e n t
o f c o rr e c t i o n ) 0 d e gr e e s 51 m i n u t e s ,
.

Lo n gi tu de o f M e rcury o n n o o n n e wr e st G M . . T .

Leo 9 22
( Aug . 3) .

M i n u s i n c re m e n t of r
co r e c ti o n 0 51

Lo n gi t u d e of Me rcu ry t o b e ent e re d in h o ro
sco p e . Le o 8 31
70 SI M PLIFIED SCIENTIFIC ASTRO LOGY

Th e p ositi o n o f the D ragon s H ead ( 53 ) or ’

Moo n s No de an d the D ragon s Tail

’
,
have al so ’

Th e D rag on s H ead f o r A ug 3r d the

’
t o be f o un d . . .
,

n oo n n earest the G M T i s f o un d i n t h e ephemer is

. . .
,

t o be i n 1 3 44 Ge m i ni Th e D rago n s Tail o ccup i es

’
. .

the Opp o site p o in t o f 1 3 44 Sagittari us . .

I t n ow remain s t o cal c ul ate the P art Of Fo rtun e ,

an d we n ot e the f act o rs in t hat p r obl em as b ein g :

A sce n dan t , t h e 1 2t h Si gn 7 8
Lo n gi tu d e o f Sun , t h e 5t h Si gn Le o 10 5
Lo n gi tud e o f Moo n , t h e 1 1t h Si gn . . A qu ari us 26 40

We pro ceed a cc o rdin g to the rul e give n

Si g n D e g Mi n
. .

Lo n gi t ude of A sc e n d a n t 12 7
Lo n gi tu de of Moon 11 26

3 48

M in u s

Lo n gi tu de of Sun 5 10

18 23 43

Sub tr act t h e l
c ir c e o f 1 2 si gn s 12

23 43
Lon git u de of t h e P a rt of Fo rtu n e
23 43
 H OW TO CA LCULATE THE P LANETS ’
O TI ONS
P SI 71

We will n o w m ake a list o f t h e p l an ets as c o rrected

f o r inserti on in the ho ro sc ope :
72 SI MPLIFIED SCIENT IFIC ASTROLOG Y

We have n o w cast t h e t w o h o r o sco pe s an d a c o m

pariso n re veal s t h e f a c t th at altho ugh cast f o r p e rsons
b o rn i n the sa m e c ity o n the sa m e day o f t h e year t h e ,

c hara c t e ri st i cs o f o n e o f th ese perso n s will b e e n t i r e ly

Opp o si te t o tho se o f t h e o ther an d as c harac ter i s t h e

,

determi n at o r o f de st in y the li ves o f the se t wo per

,

so ns wil l be e n t i r e ly o pp o si te .

B e fo re we c an j udge the se t w o ho ro sc o pes i t i s

n e c e ssary that w e sh o ul d Obta i n a c l e ar c o n ce pt i o n Of

the rel ati ons o f the p l an ets t o o n e an o the r t o t h e,

si gn s o f the Z odi a c an d t o the h o u se s a s th e y a r e i n

ea ch Of the t w o h o ro sc o pe s an d t o tha t e n d we wi ll
,

make a n i n dex that sha ll r e veal these relati o nsh ip s

at a gl an ce so that o ur mi n d s may n ot be ha m per e d
,

by m athe m ati cs at t h e t im e wh e n we are j udgin g the

h o ro sc o p e but b e free an d c o n c en trate d up o n the
,

mean in g o f the d ifie r e n t asp e c ts an d p o sitio n s .

RETROG RAD ATI ON

On the page eph e m e ris c o p i ed in thi s b o o k
o f o ur ,

y o u will fin d in the c o lumn s Of Saturn an d Mars a

c ap i tal R .Th e m e an in g is as f o ll o ws :
Th e plan e t s in o ur sol ar system m o ve in o n e d i r e c
t ion fro m we st t o east but thei r o rb its ab o ut the Sun
, ,

are o f varyin g siz es an d so are thei r vel o c iti es Th e

, .

earth trave l s mil es an h o ur an d st ill i t s ci r cl e

i s so l arge that i t requi res 365 days t o j o urn e y aro un d
the Sun Mercury makes a mu ch small er c i rcl e
.

aro un d the Sun an d t r avel s

, mil es an h o ur so ,
 H OW To CALC ULATE THE PLANETS POSITI ON S
’
73

it c o mp l e te s a revol utio n ar oun d the Sun in 88 days .

Uran us trave l s o nl y 1 5000 m i l es an h o ur but i t s c i r

,

c l e i s so large that i t r e qui r e s 84 years t o c o m pl e te .

Th e o the r plan e ts Sho w sim il ar vari ati o ns o f sp e ed .

If th e y trave l e d i n a strai ght li n e t h e sm al l e r an d

faster plan e ts w ould soon l eave the m o re p o n de ro us
a n d sl o w m o vi n g behi n d but as th e y m o ve in c i r cl e s
-
, ,

they pa ss a gi ven p o in t o f Ob se rvati o n aga in an d

aga in We r e t h a t p o in t c e n t r al a nd st a t io n a r y this
.

c onstan t f o rward m o t i o n o f t h e pla n ets i n th e i r r e

sp e c t ive o rb i ts w o ul d b e appar e n t t o al l Ob se rve rs ;

but tha t i s the tr ouble t h e r e is n o st a t io n ar y p o i n t ;

,

e ve ry part i c l e fro m Jup i ter the gi an t Of o ur so lar

, ,
“ !
system ,t o t h e sm all e st parti cl e o f st ardust i s in
in c essan t m o ti o n ar o un d a c o mm o n c en t e r an d th e re
,

fo r e at tim es o n e plan e t m o ve s al m o st tran sverse ly t o

,

t h e path o f an o ther m o vi n g b o dy an d i t ap p e ar s f o r a
t i m e as i f i t st o o d st il l i n i t s o rb i t A stro n o mers S y
.

that su ch a p l an et i s S t at io nar y A t o ther t imes thi s

.

’
Obl i que m o ti o n o f t h e p l an e ts rel ative t o the earth s p O
si t i on i n i t s o rb i t m ake s them se e m t o m o ve b ac kwar d

i n the z o d i a c an d this we c all Re t r o g r a d e

,
I n the
.

e ph e m eri s we fin d a c ap i tal R i n l i n e wi th t h e day

whe n an y pl an e t c o mmen c es thu s se e m i n gl y t o recede ,

a n d thi s retr o gradat i on g o es o n un til we fin d a cap

ital D whi ch i n di ca te s that a di rect f o rward m o t i on

o f the p l an et i s aga in o b se r vabl e .

Th o ugh thi s bac kward m o t i on o f a pl an et i s o nl y

se e m i n g i t h as a very r e al effect in re spect t o the i n
,
74 SIM PLIFI ED SCIENTIFI C AS TROLOGY

fiue n ce whi ch a p l an et exerts, f o r i t is the an g l e o f

the ray whi ch determ in es the in fl uen ce o f a p l an et .

Th e p l an et s are fo ci whi ch transm i t an d in tensify the

pr o perti es o f fixed sta rs so that they aif ec t us in a
mu c h greater degree than when n o t fo cussed up on
t h e p o in t o f Observati o n —the bi rthplace .

Let us n o w sup p o se that at the ti me a chil d is bo rn

we l oo k at Satu rn an d b e yon d hi m ri ght al o n g o ur
,

l in e o f o b se rvat i o n we se e the fixed sta r A n t ar es

,

whi ch is in ab o ut 8 degree s o f Sagi tta ri us ; the chil d

i s the n ge ttin g a t e n de n c y t o eye tr o ubl e whi c h is su f
“
fici e n t l y severe even i f the p l an et i s travel i n g di
rect in i t s o rb i t as is gen erall y the case f o r then A n
!
,

tares graduall y goe s o ut o f fo cus an d Saturn will

,

n o t r e turn t o the c o n j un cti on u n t il i t h as c o mpl eted

i t s c i rcl e j o urn ey aro un d the Sun ( whi c h takes ab out

29 ye ars) . I f o n the o ther han d we fin d that on the
, ,

day after bi rth Saturn h as retro graded somewhat ,

a n d st ill m ore the n e x t day an d so o n f o r a week o r

,

t w o the n that al so bri n gs A n ta res o ut o f f o cu s but

, ,

t h e r e is t h is i m p o r t an t d if er e n c e that i n st ead o f tak

,

in g 29 years t o f o rm the n ext c on j un cti o n Sat ur n

“ !
may beco me di rect , an d fo rm the se c on d c o n
j u n cti on wi th A n ta re s i n a f e w we eks after b i rth an d ,

this repeated evil ray may aggravate the n atal de f e ct

t o such an exten t that the c hil d bec o m es bl in d . Thus
we reiterate that wh il e t h e r e t r o g r ad e m o t io n of a
,

p l a n e t is o nl y se em i n g i t s i n fl u en c e o n h um a n afia i r s
,

i s ve r y r e al .
 CHA P TER VI .

THE ASPECTS

Th e c i rcl e the zo di ac , li ke an y o ther ci rcl e , is

of

divisi bl e in to 3 60 degrees Wi thi n this ci rcl e m o ve

.

the heav enl y bo di es o f o ur sol ar system but thei r m o ,

t io n is far fro m un i fo rm as sho wn i n the first chap

,

ter Therefo re tho se p l an ets whi c h m o ve the sl o west

.

are o vertaken p assed an d r e passed by the swi fte r

, ,
-

When o n e pl an et i s a certa in n umber o f d e gree s

fro m an o ther p l an e t they are sai d t o be in asp e ct .

TAB LE OF ASPEC TS

Th e Opp osi t i on . pl an e ts are 180 degre e s ap art .

( 6
Th e
( 4
90
Th e 60
Th e Tri n e 1 20
Th e Conj un ct i o n 0

Th e P ar all elccurs when t wo pl an ets have the

o

sa m e d e gree o f d e clin at i o n n o matt e r whethe r o n e is

,

n o rth an d t h e o th e r so uth o f the equat o r Thi s will .

be m ade cl e ar in cal c ul ati o n s whi ch f o ll o w l ater .

75
76 SI MPLIFI ED SCIEN T IFIC ASTROLOG Y

Of the a spects m e n ti o n ed ab o ve the Opp ositi o n

,

an d Square are sai d t o be evil ; the Sextile a n d Tri n e

are de si gn at e d go o d while the Con j un c ti on an d P ar

,

all e l are c lassed as i n d e termi n ate ; if the y o c cur b e

twe e n SO call e d go o d pla n e ts the y bri n g go o d ; i f b e
-

twe e n the e vil p l an e ts ( so— cal led ) the y bri n g evil A .

h o ro sc o pe i s c o nsi dere d f o rtun ate o r the re verse ac

c o rd i n g t o wh e ther the se xtil e s a n d tri n e s are m o re

n um e r o u s than the square s an d o pp o si ti on s .

Su ch a vi e wp o i n t err o n e o us I n t h e Father s
is .
’

Kin gd o m the r e i s n o evil What app e ars so is o nl y

.

goo d i n t h e maki n g When a lap i dary i s cuttin g a

.

pr e c i o us st on e he app l i es part aft e r part Of the r o ugh

g e m t o t h e gri n dst o n e a n d at e a ch appli c ati o n we m a y
hear t h e l o ud sc re e c hin g as if in p ain f ro m the st o n e
, ,
.

By de gree s h o w e v e r as a c on se quen c e o f t h e harsh

, ,

gri n di n g pro c e ss i t will ac qui re a b e au ti ful l y p ol

,

i sh e d su rf a c e wi th n um e r o us fac ets c apable Of r e c e i v

i n g r e fl e cti n g an d re f ra ctin g t h e brill i an t sunl i ght
, .

God an d H is M in i ster s t h e Seven P lan etary Sp i r

,

i t s are the L ap i darie s an d m an i s a d i am o n d in t h e

,

r o ugh To p oli sh an d un c o ve r hi s sp i ri tu al n atur e

.

vari e d experi en ce s are n e ce ssary They may be ple as

.

a n t Or o therwi se as in di c at e d by what a r e c omm o nl y

,

c all ed g o o d o r bad a sp ects ; but i t i s safe t o sa y that

t h e adverse experi e n ces whi c h c o m e t o us un der so

c all e d bad asp e c ts are as p o te n t devel o p e rs o f sp i ri t

u al m uscl e —r e m o vi n g m o re o f o u r se lfishn e ss servin g ,

t o make u s m o re t o l eran t an d sym pathe ti c as the ,

 TH E ASPEC TS 77

harsh grin din g whi ch serve s t o rem o ve the r o ugh c o at

o f the di am o n d Tho ugh a h o ro sc o pe full o f square s
.

an d o pp o si ti on s may i n di cate what is o rdi n aril y

term e d a hard lif e such a o n e i s in fini tel y preferable

,

( f ro m a sp i ritual standp o in t ) t o a n ati vi ty wi th o nl y

“ !
g o od aspects f o r that c oul d gi ve but an in sip i d
,
“
e xi sten c e whil e a bad ho ro sc o p e wil l gi ve acti on
!
,

an d z e st t o the l i fe i n o n e d i r e ct i o n o r a n o ther .

M o re o ver as the stars d o n o t c o m p e l but gi ve t e n ,

d e n c i es o nl y i t l ie s wi th us in a l arge measur e t o as
,

se rt o ur i n di vi dual i ty a n d tran sm ute pre se n t evil t o

futur e go o d Thus we sh al l wo rk i n harm on y wi th

.

t h e stars a n d rule them by o bedi en ce t o c o smi c l aw .

Th e in fl uen ce o f an aspect betwe e n the plan et s at

bi rth is fel t e ve n i f they are n ot e x ac t l y 60 9 0 1 20 o r , ,

180 degree s apart ; an or so c al l ed o f 6 degre e s

-
,

is al l o wed .

I n the acco mpan yi n g cut Saturn an d Jup i ter are

wi thin o rb o f eac h o the r becau se on e i s 1 d e gree t h e ,

o ther 7 deg ee s o f A ri e s
r
Saturn bein g 1 d e gree i s
. ,

al so wi thi n o r b o f Mars ( 3 degree s) an d Mercury ( 5

degrees) but i s n ot wi thi n o r b o f the Sun M o on o r
, ,

Ve n u s as there are m o re than 6 degree s fro m 1 ( Sat

,

urn s d e gree ) t o 9 1 2 an d 14 the degrees o ccup i ed by

’
, ,

the Sun Mo on an d Ve n us
, .

Th e sp i ri tu al reason f o r thi s o r b is as f ol l o ws .

Be si des the vi si bl e b ody o f m an whi ch we percei ve by

o ur sen se s m an h as al so in vi si bl e vehi cl e s call ed by
,

P aul sp i ri tual b o di es an d m an himsel f is a sp i ri t

,
.
78 SI MPLIFI ED SCI ENTIFI C ASTROLOGY

When we have devel o p ed the facul ty of sp i ri tual

si ght, whi ch i s l aten t i n al l , we sh al l se e these fin er

b o di es p ro trudin g far beyon d the den se bo dy whi c h

is l o ca ted in the cen t er o f thi s aura ,
!
muc h as t h e
yol k o f an egg i s in the cen ter o f the e gg surro un ded
,

by the whi te o n all Si d es .

Be fo re t wo human be in gs c ome i n cl ose physi cal

Con ta ct thei r auras have m in gl ed ; that is the reaso n
!
why we feel the prese n ce o f an o ther at ti me s b e
f o re we bec o me awar e o f hi m by means of our o rdi
 THE ASPEC TS 79

A s ab ove, so bel ow Man i s ma de i n the im a ge o f

m ini sters—the sta r an gel s Each
.

God an d of His -
.

p l an et h as an in visi bl e w o rl d pro trudi n g in to sp ace

beyo n d the dense visi bl e sphere p erce i ved by the e y e .

When these p l an etary auras co me in to aspect an in

fl u e n ce is fel t though the visi ble p l an ets m ay yet l ack
,

6 degree s in fo rmi n g an aspe c t o r they may ha ve g o n e

6 degrees p ast the aspe c t bef o re the infl uen ce c eases .

I n o rd er t o determ in e at a gl an ce j ust wha t aspect

the p l an ets in a ho rosc o pe have t o o n e an o ther when ,

wi thin o rbs we n o te the f ol l o win g divisi on o f the zo d

i acal si gns :

Pl ane t s in Cardi nal si gns are in

sq uare o r o pp o si t i o n i f wi t h i n or b p l an e ts in Fi xed
,

si gn s ar e al so i n c o n j un cti o n sq uare o r Opp osi ti o n if

,

wi thin o rbs an d so are p l an ets in Co mm on Si g ns A .

glan ce at the ho rosco p e wil l re veal whi ch o f the thre e

aspects is fo rmed .

6
80 SI MPLIFIED SCIEN TI FIC ASTROLOGY

di vi si on o f the z o di ac i s
A n o the r
FIERY SIG N S EARTH Y SI G N S AI RY SI GNS WATERY SI GN S
P
c
8

Pl an et s in fiery Si gns are in c o n j un cti on o r tri n e

i f wi t h i n or b Pl an e ts in e arthy si gns ar e i n tri n e
.

( o r c o n j un cti on ) so are t h e plan e ts i n ai ry o r watery

si gn s , as s o h wn i n the ab o ve di agram .

Esse n t ia l D ig n i t i e s an d Ex a l t a t io n
“
Pl an ets ai d t o rul e o r t o be e sse n ti all y
ar e s
!

!
di gn i fied i n ce rt ai n si gn s wh e r e t h e essen ti al n ature
o f p l an et a n d si gn agree When p l aced i n the o pp o
.

“
site si gn s they are i n thei r
!
, de tri men t an d hen c e ,

o ut o f harm o n y wi th th e i r surr o u n d i n gs .

P lan ets are mo re p owerful in certain si gn s than

“ !
i n o thers an d are sa i d t o be
, exal t e d when pl ace d
i n su c h si gns Wh e n o ccupyi n g t h e o pp o si te si gns
.
,

“
they are in thei r fall !
he n c e c om parativel y weak
,
.

Th e f o ll o wi n g tabl e will sho w t h e pl an e ts an d t h e ,

si g n s i n wh i c h they ar e stro n g o r weak i n acc o rdan ce ,

wi th the f o rego in g I t wi ll be n o t ed that e a ch o f t h e

.

p l an ets wi th the ex cepti on o f Uran u s an d Ne ptun e

, ,

rul es t wo si gn s whi le t h e Sun an d Mo on rul e o nl y

,

o n e ea c h Al so n o t e that Uran u s an d Saturn a r e c o

.

rul ers o f A quari us an d that Neptun e an d Jup iter ar e

c o rul ers o f P i sce s
-
.
 THE ASPEC TS 81

TAB LE OF PLANETARY PO WERS

Pl a n e t D e t r i m en t Ex al t a t i on
T
‘ ’
O
9 X
3?
l)
T
?

H
3
It!

ii? 96

Cr i t i c al D e g r e e s
Th e f ol l o wi n g tabl e h ws c e rtain degr e e s o f t h e
s o
“ !
Zo di ac whi ch are de si gn ate d as cri ti c al de gr e e s .

Whe n a pl an et i s wi thin an o r b o f three degre es o f

a n y o f these p o i n ts i t w ill be f o un d t o e xer c i se a
,

m u c h stro n ge r i n fluen c e i n the l i fe than o therwi se .

Thi s i n fl uen c e will te n d t o i n c re ase t h e stre n gth o f an

e xaltat i on , a n d al so t o o ff set the weakn e ss resul t in g

fro m a p l an e t bei n g in i t s fal l o r detri me n t I t will .

al so i n cre ase the st r e n gth o f asp ects t o t h at p l an e t .

TABLE OF C RI TI CAL DEGREES

Car di na l Si g n s A ri e s Can ce r L i bra Capri c o rn ;
, , ,

l st 13th an d 26t h degree s

.
, .
, .

Fi x e d Sign s Taurus Le o Sc o rp i o A quari us

, , ,

9 t h an d 2l st d e grees
. . .

Co m m o n Si g ns Ge m i n i Vi rgo Sagittari us Pi sce s ;

, , ,

4t h an d 1 7th degre es
. . .
82 SI MPLIFIED SCIENTIFIC AS TROLOGY

El e vat i on
A plan e t p l a c ed in o r n ea r the ni n th o r ten th
“
ho uses i s sai d t o be el evate d !
. Th e n earer it i s t o
the Mi dheaven the m o re hi ghl y el evated i t is
, . A
pl an et in el evati on is much m o re p owerful f o r either
,

g oo d o r evil than when pl aced at a l ow er al ti tude

, .

Th e A n g l es
“
When p l an et s are f oun d in t h e an gl e s
!
of

the ho rosco pe ( Fi rst Fo urt h Seve n th an d Te n th

, ,

Ho uses) the y are sai d t o be a n g ul ar or ac cid e n t al l y

d i g n ifie d When so pl aced they exert a g reater infl u
.
,

en c e f or ei ther goo d o r evil than whe n l o cated in the

,

When the studen t h as di ge sted the ab o ve i n fo rma

ti on he shoul d pro ceed t o make a tabl e o r in dex o f the
relati o nshi p o f the pl an ets as shown in the di ag r am
o n p ag e 89 .
 CH A P TER VII .

MAK IN G THE IND Ex

L o o ki n g at the ho ro sco pe f or te P M we
. . no

that Saturn an d Mars are in A ri es a Cardin al si gn , .

We therefo re p l ac e th e m un der Cardin al si gn s in the

in dex . Can c er the n ext Cardi nal si gn c o n tain s
. ,

Nep t un e an d that p l an et is en tered un de r the Car

,

di n al si gns in the in dex L ibra the thi rd Cardin al

.
,

si gn c o n ta ins n o p l an ets Capri c o rn Is the l ast o f the

, .

Car di n al si gns ; Uran us is there an d when we have

e n tered him i n the in d ex we have a c o mp l et e l ist o f

the p l an e ts whi c h in thi s h o rosc o pe ar e p l ace d in

, ,

Cardi n al si gn s
Th e Fixed si gns are Taurus Le o Sc o rp io an d , ,

A quari us I n Taurus we fin d n o p l an et
. Th e Sun .

a n d Mercury are in Leo hen ce we e n ter them in the

,
“
Fix e d
!
in d ex un der the headi n g Sc o rp i o h as n o
.

p l an ets but the Moo n is in A quari us I t is therefo re .

“
al so e n tere d un der Fixed in the i n dex
!
.

I n thi s h o rosc o pe the Co mm on si gn s Gemin i Se ,

g it t a ri us an d Pi sc es c o n tai n n o pl an ets but Vi rgo

, , ,

the o th e r Co mm o n si gn h as Jup i ter an d Ve n us ; he n ce

,

these are en te red un d e r the l ist o f p l an e ts in Com

m o n si gn s as is al so t h e P art o f Fo rtun e
, .

83
84 SI MPLIFIED SCI ENTIFIC AS TROLOGY

Thi s c ompl e te s lassi ficati o n o f t h e p l an e ts I n

o ur c

re sp e ct t o the tem p e ram e n t an d t o make sure that we

,

have en te red all in the i n dex w e co un t th e m : Fo ur ,

a r e i n Card in al ; thr e e a r e c la ssified as Fi xed a n d ,

t wo as Co m m on maki n g a t o tal o f n i n e p l an e ts b e
, ,

si de s the P a r t o f Fo rtun e .

Th at is ri ght ; so we pro ce ed in l ike m ann er t o

n o t e the plan e ts i n Fi e ry si gn s W e e n te r them in
.

the i n d e x Next the Earthy Ai ry a n d Watery si gn s

.
, .

W e have the n made o u r c lassific ati on acco rdin g t o

ele m en t s a n d again we c o un t t o se e that we have e n
,

t e re d all the p l an ets Fo ur ar e in Fi ery Si gns ; three

.

i n Earthy si gn s ; o n e i n Ai ry a n d o n e in Watery ,

si gns . Th e t o tal i s n in e plan et s whi ch i s ri ght , .

W e n ext n o te the exaltati on e t c as gi ven in the .

,

in dex .

No w we are pre pared t o n o te t h e a spects an d the ,

stud e n t is part i cul arl y r e qu e sted t o f o ll o w t h e sy stem

a s he re o utl i n ed ; th e n h e can n o t p o ssibly m i ss an y

a sp e c t .

Pl a c e the i n dex fin ger o f the l eft han d up on the

fi rst o r l e ft han d plan et un d e r t h e head in g Card in al
i n t h e i n dex ( I n the prese n t c ase Mars ) Pla c e
. .

y o ur p e n cil p o in t h e l d i n t h e ri ght han d o n t h e pl an et

n e xt t o the ri ght i n t h e Card in al l i n e ( Saturn here ) .

No te by a gl an ce at the ho ro sc o pe I f the se t w o pl an ets

are i n o r b ( 6 d e gree s) o f ea c h o ther H ere t h e an .

swer i s n o ; o n e i s 4 the o the r 23 d e gr e es

, ,
They are .

t he r e f o re n o t i n aspe ct Kee p the l eft in dex fin ger

.
 MAK IN G THE I ND Ex 85

in p l ace but m o ve the pen c il t o the ri ght t o the n ext

,

p l an et ( Neptun e here ) an d ask ar e they wi thi n o r b ?

, ,

—ag a1n the answer is n o A gain the pen cil p o in t i s

.

m o ved t o the ri ght an d i s o n the l ast plan et in the

Card in al l in e ( Uran us) the que sti o n are the p l an et s
,

un der the i n dex fin ge r an d t h e p e n cil p o in t withi n

o r b i s asked a n d answe r ed n egat i vel y
, , .

Thus we have asc ertain ed th at t h e p l an et un der

o ur l e ft han d in d e x fin ger ( M ars) h as n o asp e ct t o

a n y o f the o ther plan et s in Card in al si gn s We the n.

mo ve the l eft i n de x fin ger o n e p l ace t o t h e ri ght ( t o

Satu rn ) pla c e o u r pe n c il p o in t on the p l an et n e xt t o
,

the ri ght o f that ( o n Ne p t n ue h e re ) repeat t h e ,

query are t h e plan ets un de r t h e in dex fin ge r an d t h e

,

pe n cil p o in t ( Saturn an d Neptun e he re ) withi n o r b ?

A gl an c e at the ho ro sc o pe sh ows t hat they are ; o n e b e
i n g 1 7 an d the o the r 23 They are the ref o re i n asp e ct
. .

Our rul e says that—P lan ets in Cardi n al Fi xed o r ,

Co m m on si gn s are e i ther in c o nj un cti on square o r

o pp o si t i on i f wi thi n o rb s !

A gl an c e at the p ositi o n o f Saturn an d Ne ptun e

sh o w s that th e y are n o t i n c o n j un c t i o n ; n o r i n Opp o

sit i o u ; they mu st th e re f o re b e square t o ea c h o ther .

We the r e fo re wr ite a square an d the symb ol o f Sa

turn in Ne ptun e s li n e i n the In dex ; al so a square
’

an d the sym b ol o f Neptun e in Saturn s li n e

’
Thus .

we have r e c o rded that a spect

W e l eave o ur l e ft in dex fin ger on Saturn but ,

mo ve the pen c il p o in t t o t h e ri ght t o Uran us We

, .
86 SI M PLH IED
'
SCIENTI FIC AS TROLOGY

repeat o ur query are they in o r b ? Th e an swer is y e s

, ,

an d thei r p osi ti o n s i n di ca t e the aspe c t as be i n g a

square This w e n o te i n the l in e s o f Saturn an d Ur a

.

n u s as i n p revi o us cases Then we h ave r e c o rded al l

.

the aspe c ts o f Saturn t o the p l an e t s t o t h e ri ght o f

hi m a n d we m o ve o u r l e ft i n de x fin ge r t o t h e ri ght
,

( t o Neptun e an d Uran us) an d ask o ur quest ion r e

gard in g o rb Th e a nsw e r is y e s Ne p t un e an d Uran
. .

us are wi thi n o r b o f ea ch o ther hen c e in o pp osit i o n, .

This asp ect is en tered in the i n dex al so a n d c o m pletes

the aspe c ts o f Neptun e .

W e ha ve n o w n oted in a tho ro ugh an d syste matic

man n er al l t h e asp ec ts b e twe e n t h e p l an ets i n the
Cardi n al li n e Th e same m o de o f pro cedure we em
.

pl o y wi th the pl an e ts i n t h e o th e r l in es wo r kin g i n
e a ch l i ne st e ad il y fr o m l e f t t o r i g h t I f thi s m etho d
.

i s f ol l owed n o asp e c t can be m i ssed .

I n deal in g wi th the pl an e t s i n the Fi ery A i ry , ,

Earthy an d Wat e r y si gn s we rem e mber o f c o urse ,

that they are i n tri n e o r c on j un cti on if withi n o r b

I n gettin g the Sextil e s a d iif e r e n t m e tho d is
n ecessary Start wi th Mars ( A ri es 4 here ) add 60
.
,

degr e es whi c h gi ves Gem in i 4 Ask i s an y p l an et i n

,
.
,

o r b o f Gemini 4 ? Th e an swer is n o P ass the l eft .

in dex fin ger t o the n ext plan e t i n t h e ho rosco pe ( Sat

urn ) . H e i s i n A ri es 23 ; addin g 60 degr e es gi ve s
Gemin i 23 There is n o p l an et within o r b o f that
.

p o in t Th e l e ft in dex fin ge r i s p assed on t o the n ext

.

p l an et ( Ne ptun e ) in Can cer 1 7 We ad d 60 degrees .

 M AK I N G THE INDEX 87

whi c h gi ves Vi rgo 17 We ask o ur questi on I s an y ,

plan et in o r b o f that p o in t ? Th e an swer is y e s —Jup

i ter in Vi rgo 1 5 Then Neptun e an d Jup i ter ar e se x
.

til e an d are so e n tered in the l i n es o f bo th pl an ets in

the in dex .

P ro ceedi n g we m ove the l eft in dex fin ger t o every

'

pl an et in the ho rosco pe in turn ; addin g 60 d e gree s

an d aski n g o ur qu esti o n .Whe n we ha ve f oll o wed the
ci rcl e aro un d we shall al so have rec o rded al l the se x
t il e s an d mi ssed n on e .

Th e D ra go n s H ea d
’
an d the D r a g o n s Tai l
’

( 23 ) exe rt an in fl uen ce in the ho r osc o pe o nl y when

i n c o n j un cti o n wi th a pl an et o r the A sc e n dan t An .

o r b o f o nl y t wo degree s o r at m ost three de grees i s

all owed Th e D ragon s H ead i s regarded as a b e n e f

.
’

i c i t s infl uen c e be in g an al ag o us t o that o f the Sun i n

,

Th e D rago n s Tail
’
A ri e s an d Jup i t e r i an in e ffect
, .

i s m al e fic b e in g Saturni n e i n qu al i ty an d ha vi n g an
,

in fl ue n c e simil ar t o that o f Saturn i n L i bra I n the

.

prese n t case n either the D rago n s H ead n o r Tail is

’

in c on j un cti on wi th a p l an et hen c e there ar e n o as

,

p eets t o them t o be en tered in the I n dex .

Th ere rem ain yet the P arall el s To fin d them we .

turn t o the page fr o m the e p hemeri s f o r the m on th

o f b i rth ( A u gust ) f o un d i n the back o f thi s b o o k At .

the t o p o f the p age we fin d the na mes o f the pl an ets

Neptun e Uran us Saturn etc an d bel o w ea ch pl an et
, , , .
,

i s n ot e d it s D ecl i n ati on f o r the d ays o f the m on th

given i n the l eft han d col umn .
88 SI MP LI FI ED SCIENTIFIC ASTROLOGY

As o ur G M T i s e arl y m o rni n g on A u g ust 3rd

. . .

we p l a c e the de cl i n ati o n s f o r A ugust 3r d o pp o site

each p l an et i n the i n dex .

’
A n ex c e pti o n i s the M o on s de cl in ati on whi ch r e
qui re s a l o gari thmi c c o rr e cti o n in a c c o rdan ce wi th
the G M T Thi s co rrecti on i s m ade by the same
. . .

metho d used i n o bta in in g the M oon s l on gi tude W e

’
.

thus fin d the Mo on s d e clin at io n t o b e 172

’

Th e decl in ati on o f the P art o f Fo rtun e i s the same

a s t h e d e cl in at i o n o f t h e Sun wh e n i n t h e sam e Si gn

an d d e gre e .
 MAK I N G TH E m D Ex 89

I ND E X

H ere the P art of Fo rt un e is Vi rgo Take

an ephe m eri s f o r an y ye ar an d fin d when t h e Sun
was the re . That wi ll be abo ut Se p t emb e r 1 7 an d,

then the Sun s d e cli n ati on w as

’
( e phe m eri s f o r

That the n i s the d e cl in ati o n o f t h e P art o f

, ,

F o rtun e I n the same way the decl in ati ons o f the Mid
.

he aven an d the As c en dan t may be f o un d i f de si red .

90 SI MPLIFIED SCIENTIFIC ASTROLOGY

H avin g en tered all the de cl in ati o ns in t h e in dex ,

pl ace the l e ft in dex fin ger on the de cli n ation o f Ne p
tun e at the b o tto m ; the pen cil p o in t on the decl in ati on
n ex t ab o ve ( Uran us) ask i f th e y are wi thi n 1 degr e e

o r at m ost de grees Th e an swer is y es an d so

.
,

they are en tered in the c ol umn o f aspects as parall e l .

M o ve the p en cil u p the lin e n otin g at e ach ste p i f

,

the decli n atio ns o f the plan ets un de r the in dex fin ge r

a n d p e n c il p o in t are w i th i n o r b ( o n e degree o r a l i ttl e

m o re ) Whe n the p e n cil p o in t h as reac hed the t o p

.
,

a ll parall e ls un der the l e ft in de x fin ger will have

b e e n n ote d Then m o ve the l e ft i n dex fin ger on e step
.

u p ( t o Uran us) an d the pen c il p o in t up t o the decl in a

ti on o f t h e plan e t n ext ab o ve ; n o te the i r p ar all e l i f,

an y ; m o ve t h e pen c il p o in t upward st e p by step

, ,

f o ll o win g t h e same m eth o d in m o vin g fro m b o tt om

u pward t o g e t t h e d e clin at i o n as w as f o ll ow e d by m o v

i n g t h e in d e x fin ger an d pen c il p o in t fro m l eft t o

ri ght t o get the c onj un cti ons squares tri n es an d 0p
,

p o si ti o ns
.

When the P aral l el s have been rec o rded the in dex

i s fini shed ; an d if p l a ce d b e l o w the ho ro sc o pe o n o n e
sheet o f paper as sh own i n the a c c o mpan yin g ill us
~

t r at i on the stu d e n t will have re ady at han d every

m e an s o f j ud g i n g the fi g ure wi th o ut turni n g hi s at
ten ti on fr o m that t o c o mputin g asp ects Thus a m o re
.

c o n cen trated attitude o f the min d is attain abl e Ne i

the r is the pro cess o f maki n g the in d ex as c o m pli cate d
a s t h e p ro cess of describin g i t : in fa c t i t i s si mp li city
.
,
 M AK IN G THE IND Ex 91

i tsel f , as it in vol ves mathemati cal cal cul ati on but

no

o nl y the p ro per metho di cal p l a ceme n t o f the l eft in

d ex fin ger an d m o vi n g a penc il p o in t t o the ri ght o r

u pw ard fr om that fin ger m e re l y aski n g co n tin u
al l y : A r e the p l an e ts un der fin ge r an d pe n cil wi thi n

o rb ? I f thi s m e th od is fo ll o we d o ut t h e st uden t can

n ever miss an asp e c t an d wil l be abl e t o m ake such an

in dex in fro m fif t ee n t o twen ty mi n utes .

I n o rd e r that pro fic i e n cy may be a chi eved the ,

studen t sh o ul d e n deavo r t o mak e the in dex f o r the

ho r o sc o pe cast f o r A ugust 2n d . A M
, . .

A spects t o the A sc en dan t whi c h represen ts the

,

b od y ha ve an in fl uen c e up on the heal th

, A spects t o
.

’
the Mi dheave n i n di ca te the n ature o f on e s o p p or
t un i t ies f o r sp i ri tual advan ce me n t But sin c e the
.

ex a ct tim e o f birth is rar e ly kn o wn an d si n ce a smal l

,

erro r in thi s makes several degrees diff e ren c e in the

A sce n dan t o r Mi dheave n predi cti ons m ade f r o m as
,
e

p e c t s t o the se p o in ts are l ike l y t o be f o un d un rel i abl e .

H en ce we have n ot e n te red them in the In dex .

NOTE : I n addit i on t o the fo r e go in g, p l an ets in the

l ast Six degrees o f an y si gn must b e compar ed with all
p l an ets in t h e first si x d e gre es o f o th e r sig ns b e cause ,

they may b e in asp ect t o e a ch o th e r with o ut c om in g

un de r an y o f the pre c edi n g rul es Exampl es o f th is
.

Mars i n 24 30 A ri es is in con j un ction with Ve n us in

-

0 30 Taurus ; M e rcury in 26 0 Taurus is sex til e Jup i

- -
92 SI MP LIFIED S CIEN TIFIC ASTROLOGY

ter in 2 0 Leo ; Satu rn in 27 0 G e m in i is squ are Ura

- -

n u s in 2 0 L ibra ; Neptu n e in 28 0 Can ce r i s t r in e Mar s

- -

i n 3 0 Sagi ttari us ; Ven us in 29 30 Le o i s in Opp o sit i on

- -

t o M e r c ury i n 5 30 P isc es-

.

NOTI CE T D NT
TO THE S U E

Th e f o rego in g chapte rs desc ri be the b asi s o f

A str o l o g y an d i ll ustrate in detail t h e m e tho d o f
ere ctin g a ho ro sc ope The y al so in di c ate the el e men t s
.

o f the sc i en ce o f re ad in g a ho ro sc o p e A great deal

.

o f add i ti o n al i n f o rmat i on al o n g th e se l in es is gi ve n

in the P hil oso phi c En c ycl o p e di a f oll ow i n g But t h e

.

“
n ext vo l ume i n thi s se ri e s the Messa ge o f the
,

i s the Ro si cruci an tex t b o o k o n t h e sc i e n ce

!
Sta rs ,

of A strol o gi cal Readin g an d the appl i cat i on o f

,

Astro l o gy t o o ur dail y li ves I t c on tai n s a c ompl ete

.

exp o si ti on o f the me tho ds used in j udgi n g the radi

c al h o r osc o pe al so i n pr o gressin g t h e chart an d mak
,

in g p red i cti o ns therefrom M e d i c al A st rol o gy an d

.

the di agn o sis o f disease are c om prehensi ve l y deal t

wi th as are al so the bearin g o f A strol o g y up on e vo
,

l ut i o n an d the gen eral n ature an d effe ct o f pl an etary

vi brat i on s .

All wh o wi sh t o g o further i n the subj ect ar e

referred t o thi s vol ume .
 PA RT I I .

A Ph il o so p h i c En c y c l o p e d i a
o f A st r o l o g y

A c cid e n t al D i g n i t y
When a plan et i s pl aced i n an an gl e i t s e fie ct i s
much m o re p o we rful than in the su cc e e d e n t o r caden t
ho u se s I n thi s r e sp e ct a p ositi o n in t h e Te n th H o use
.

i s st ro n ge st o n acc o un t o f el evati on ( se e El evati on ) ,

the Fi rst H o u se is n e xt then the Seven th an d the

, ,

Fo urth H o u se i s w e akest .

A d j ust e d Cal c ul a t i o n D a t e
A date at whi c h the n o on p o si ti o ns o f the pl an ets
c ul m i n at e when used i n the P r o gr e ssed H o r o sc o p e .

I t i s o btai n e d by a simpl e c al cul ati on an d wi th

,

i t pr e d i c ti o n s may be mad e i n an y h o r o sc o pe f or l i fe,

wi tho ut further mathe mati c al c o mputation s ; f o r a

“
ful l e xp l an ati on the st uden t i s referred t o Th e Me s
!
sage o f the Sta rs .
94 SI MPLIFIED SCI ENTIFIC ASTROLOCY

A p l an et is affli cted when i t is p aral l el , c on j un c

t i on , square o r Opp osi ti on t o Mars Saturn Uran us , ,

o r Neptun e or i n square o r Opp o si t i on t o an y o f

,

the o ther pl an ets ( se e Co m b ust ) .

A i r y Si g ns
Gem i n i L i bra an d A quari u s ar e call ed Ai ry si gn s
, .

The i r infl u e n c e is m o stl y men tal an d in tell ectual .

A n g l es
Th e Fi rst , F o urth , Seven th an d Ten th H o use s .

Th e East ern a n gl e wi th A ri e s, whe re Mars i s the

rul er sugge sts t h e Sun ri sin g t o t h e materi al act ivi
,

t i es o f the day A s the Sun d e n o ti n g sp i ri t i s un der

.
, ,

the c ro ss d e n oti n g matt e r but ri sin g t o ward it there

, ,

f o re i t den o te s the b e gin n i n g o f L i f e i n the materi al

w o rl d an d Mars t h e rul er stan ds f o r the de si re n a
, , ,

ture whi c h draws the sp i ri t t o wards materi al e x i z

,

t on e s i n o rder that it m ay c o n qu er m att e r .

Th e So uthern an gl e , Capri co rn , wi th Saturn as

rr l e r , sugge sts the Su n c r o ssi n g the meri di an as i t

d o es at n o o n I t h as traversed half it s prescribed

.

j o urn ey a c ross t h e heaven s the re fo re t h e hal f ci rcle

,
-

i s o m i tted an d the o ther hal f ci rcle i s retain e d u n der

,
-

the cr oss in the symb ol o f Saturn H e n ce Saturn

.

d e n o tes p e rsi st en ce mechan i c al ab il it y e t c an d the

, , .
,

Te n th H o use the w o rl dl y a chi evemen ts o f the human

be in g .
 A PHI LO SOPHI C EN CYC LOPED I A OF AS TROLOGY 95

Th e Western an gle wi th L i bra in the bal an c e

where the material acti vi ti e s tu rn t o the sp iri tual ,

di vi des the day fro m the ni ght ; the busy summ e r

fro m the in active win ter I t turns the waki n g ho urs
.

devo ted t o the a cti ve materi al l ife in t o the n i ght,

whe re m an c o n tacts the un se e n wo rl d Therefo re t h e

.

ci rcle sp i ri t is ab o ve t h e cro ss o f matte r the de si re

, , ,

n ature h as bee n c o n quered an d the symb ol o f Mars

,

turn ed up si de d o wn so that i t bec om e s the symb ol o f

Ve n u s the p l an et o f l o ve whi ch rul es this ho use an d
, ,

whi ch is therefo re al so the h o use o f un i o ns o f partn e r ,

.

shi p s the ho use tha t den o tes the o n e n earest an d

,

dea rest t o us .

Th e No rth ern an gl e wi th the Si gn Can cer marks

, ,

the t ime whe n the Sun i s at i t s l o we st p o in t Th e .

Si gn c o nsists o f t wo suns wi th the l in e o f f o r c e p r o

,

ce e d in g fr o m each o n e , but in o pp osi te di rec tion s .

Th e l in e fr o m the sun whi c h p o in ts t o the East de

n o tes the di re c ti o n in whi ch the physi cal Sun m o ve s .

Th e sun with the l in e o f f o rce g oi n g t oward s t h e We st

den o te s the path in whi ch the sp i ri tu al in fl uen ces
turn after the physi cal Sun h as ceased it s a c tivi ty .

Thi s an gle there f o re is the an gl e o f mystery o ccul t

, , ,

ism an d o f t h e dark an d unseen si de o f man s n ature :

’
,

therefore i t h as f o r i t s rul er the o r b o f n i ght the ,

Mo on .

A n g ul a r
A pl an et i s sai d t o b e an gul ar whe n i t i s p l ace d
in the an gl e s o f t h e h o rosc o pe . This p o si ti o n stre n gth
 96 SI MPLIFI ED SC IEN TIF IC ASTROLOGY

e ns the in fl u e n ce o f the plan et c o n si derabl y f o r go o d

o r il l a c c o rd in g t o the n ature o f t h e plan et an d i t s

a spec ts .

A n t ar e s
Fix ed Sta rs
‘ ’
Se e
Ap p l y :
When a swi ft m o vi n g pl an et appro aches an aspect
with a sl o wer i t i s sai d t o apply t o a square tri n e e t c
, , .

of that p l an et A s t h e applyi n g plan et must be

.

speedi er tha n the o n e i t appl i e s t o i t is evi den t that ,

t h e M o on appl i e s i n turn t o t h e a sp e c ts o f al l the

o ther plan et s ea c h m o n th wh e n sh e passe s ar o un d the

z o di ac but Saturn wh o take s thi rty y e ars t o make

,

t h e c i r cl e c an o nl y appl y t o Uran us whi ch use s e i ghty

f o ur years an d t o Neptun e whi ch take s a hun dred
,

an d sixty five y e ars-

.

That rul e ho lds g o o d whe n the p l an et s m ove d i

r e c t i n the Zo d i a c ( fro m A ri es t o Taurus but
if the sl o wer m o vin g p l an et i s r e t r o g r ad e ( m ovi n g
fr o m Tauru s t o A ri e s b o th the plan et s m ay be
apply i n g t o the aspect ( Se e D ir e c t an d Re t r o g r ad e )
. .

Th e i n fl ue n ce o f the plan ets i s al ways st ro n ge r

when they ar e appl yi n g than when they ar e sep a
i
l st i n g .

A sc e l l i : See
‘
Fix e d St ar s .
’

A sce nd a n t
Th e d e gree the zo di ac whi ch i s on the e a st ern
of

h o ri zon at a certain ti me A n e w degr ee ri se s e ver y

.
 A PHI LO SOPHI C EN CYC LOPED IA OF ASTROLOGY 97

four m i n ute s a n e w si gn ab o ut e v e ry t wo ho urs an d

, ,

t h e twel ve si gn s ri se i n e very pla c e o n earth i n twen

t y f o ur h o urs
-
Whatever si gn i s on the A sc en dan t
.

i s call ed the r isi n g si gn See H yl eg

‘ ’
.

A sce nsi on
Un der this headin g will gr ouped Si gns o f be ,

L on g A scen si on Si gn s o f Sho rt A scen si o n Ri ght A s

, ,

c e n si o n a n d Obl i que A scen si o n .

Si gns o f Lo n g A sc en sio are : Can ce r Le o Vi rgo , , ,

L ibra Sc o rp i o an d Sagi ttari us

, .

Si gn s o f Sho r t A sc e n si o n are : Capri c o rn A qu a ,

rius P i sc es A ri es Tauru s an d Gemi n i

, , , .

They are so call ed be c au se the si gn s o f L o n g A s

c e n si on ri se sl o wl y in No rthern l ati tudes taki n g a ,

much l on g e r ti m e tha n the t wo h ours requi r e d i f 11

the twe lve si gn s ro se at a uni f o rm rate durin g the
twe n ty f o ur h ours Le o takes ab o ut t wo h o urs an d
-
.

fo rt y five min utes i n L at 40 No rth wh e re Ne w Yo rk

-
.

i s an d P i sc e s an d A ri e s t w o si g n s o f Sh o rt A sc e n si n
, ,
~

take o n l y o n e h o ur an d t e n m in utes Th e reaso n lie s .

i n t h e o bl i qu ity o f t h e Ecl i pt i c se e page 49 ,

Th e .

e ffe ct is that m ost p eo pl e i n t h e No rther n H e mi sphere

a r e b o rn un d er t h e si gn s o f Lo n g A sce n si o n .

I n the So uthern H e m i sphere the si gn s li ste d as

of Sho rt A sc e n si on in t h e fo regoin g cl assi ficati o n ,

are si gn s o f L on g A sc en si o n an d m o st pe o pl e are
,

b o rn un der them whil e the No rthern si gn s o f L on g

,
98 SI MP LIFIED SCIENTIFIC AS TROLOG Y

As censi on rise qui ckl y in the So uth an d rel ati vel y

f e w are bo rn un der the m Thus t h e p e o pl e o f the
.

o pp osi te hemi sphere s are al so o pp o site i n the i r i n n e r

nature s an d sh o w di ff e ren t c haracteri st i c s

,
.

Rig h t A sce nsio n Obli qu e A sc e ns i on are n o t

an d

used in the syst e m o f A str o l o gy gen e rall y in v o gu e ,

except in the c al cul at ion o f the house s wi th whi c h t h e ,

ave rage studen t h as n o c o n cern Lo n gt i t ud e is m e as .

ur e d o n the e c li pt i c o r Sun s path fr o m the first p o in t

’

o f A ri e s but Ri ght As ce n si o n is mea sured on t h e

,

eq uin octi al o r cel e sti al e quato r .

A sp e c t s
Th e d istan c e part o f p l an ets whi c h dete rm in e s
a ,

the i r in fl uen ce f o r go o d o r ill .

Th e Squa r e i s 9 0 degrees an d the Op p o si t i o n i s

1 80 degre es These are cal l ed evil aspects
. .

Th e Se x t il e is 60 degree s an d the Tr i n e i s 120

degre e s The y are cal l ed goo d a spects
“

. .

Th e Co n j u nc t io n o cc urs whe n t w o pl an ets are in

the same degr e e o f t h e Zo di ac an d the Par al l e l i s ,

t h e p o si ti o n o f t w o p l an e ts i n t h e same d e gree o f
de clin ati on regardl e ss o f whether they are b o th No rth
,

o r So uth o f t h e Equat o r o r wh e ther o n e is i n Nor th

,

an d the o ther i n So uth d e cl in ati o n .

The se a sp ects are vari abl e If betwe e n ben e .

fies ( the Sun Ven us an d Jup iter ) the y ar e goo d o r

, , ,

if the pl an ets o f vari abl e n ature ( the Mo on an d

Mercury ) are aspected by co nj un cti on o r paral l el
,
 A PHI LO SOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF ASTROLOG Y 99

wi th the b e n e fies i t is go o d but if the Sun Mo on

, , ,

Me rcury Ven us o r Jup ite r are i n co n j un c tio n o r

,

parall el with o n e o f the m al e fic s ( M ars Saturn , ,

Uran us an d Neptun e ) , it is evil ; the c o n j un cti on o f

t w o m al e fics i s m o re so but the parallel o f t wo m al
,

e fics i s exce e di n gly stro n g in i t s d e tri m e n tal i n fl uen c e .

Con ve rse ly o f c o urse the parall el betwe en t wo b e n

, ,

e fics i s extra o rd in ari ly f o rt un ate .

Ax is
If w e were t o p i erce an appl e thr o ugh the c e n tre
wi th a kni ttin g n eedl e that w o ul d be the axi s o f t h e
-
,
’
app l e a n d o n this axi s i t m ay b e ro tate d Th e earth s
, .

axi s is an im agin ary l in e o n whi c h t h e earth r otate s ,

an d th i s m o ti o n o f the e arth o n i t s axi s pr o duc e s the

p hen o men a o f day an d n i ght Th e ax is o f the e arth

.

al ways p o in ts t o a certa in st ar i n t h e c o nstel l ati on

Ursa Min o r whi c h o n that a cc o un t is call ed the p ol e

,

star ; the o n ly o n e i n t h e heaven s w hi ch se em s n ever

t o m o ve . I t i s n ot quite stati on ary h o wever but h as ,

a n ex c e e d i n gly sl o w vi brat o ry m o t i o n c al le d Nu t a t i o n ,

c au sin g the p o le star t o c han ge in t h e c o urse o f

mill e ni um s Se e Nutati on an d In tel lectu al Zod i ac
.
‘ ’ ‘ ’
.

A x is, I ncl i n a t i o n f o

Th e ax e s o f al l the pl an et s are i n cl i n e d t o thei r

o rb it s
. Se e page 8 .

A x ial Ro t a t io n
the pl an ets r o tate up o n th e i r axe s the same
Al l
as t h e earth but the t i m e i n whi c h th e y m ake a r o ta
,
1 00 SI MP LIFIED SCIENT IFIC ASTROLO G Y

‘
ti o n d ifie r s wi de ly . Se e d iurn al r o tati o n of the
’
plan e ts page 8
, .

Ba r r e n or Un fr ui t ful Si g ns : Ge m i n I , Le o an d Vi rg o .

Be n e fics
Th e Sun , Ve n us an d Jup iter Fo r a th o ro ugh
.

’ ‘
o f t h e t erm s b e ne fic a nd
‘
sy n th e ti c explan at i on m al
‘ ’
B ad al so pag es 76 an d 77
‘ ’
e fi c
’
,se e Go o d an d , .

Cad ent

Th e thi rd sixth n in th an d twe l fth ho use s are c all

, ,

ed c ad e n t an d so are plan e ts p l a c e d in the se h o use s

, .

Thi s p o siti o n w e ake ns the i nfl u e n c e o f p l an ets so that ,

b e n e fics ar e n o t so hel pf ul an d m al e fics n ot so harm

f ul whe n pla c ed in caden t ho use s .

Car d i n al Si g ns :
A r i e s, the Eastern Si gn en tered by the Sun at the
ve rn al equi n o x ; Can c e r , whe re the Sun rea ches it s
hi ghe st degree o f No rthern decli n ation at the Summer
So l stice ; Li br a, the We stern si gn where the Sun g oe s
i n t o So uth de cl in ati o n at the Fal l equin o x ; a n d
Cap r i c o r n , whe re i t i s i n the l o west So uth decl in atio n
at the Win t e r Sol sti c e .

Th e Cardin al Si gn s are pro m ot ive they furthe r ,

a cti vity i n whatever is un dertaken un d e r the i r in

flu e n ce .

Co m b ust
An y p l an et wi thin three degree s o f the Sun i s
’
sai d t o b e co m b ust o r burn e d up by the Sun s rays
,
.

I f Merc ury o r the M o o n are so p l aced it weaken s t h e ,

min d ; if Ven us o r Jup i te r it take s away thei r hel p,

 A P HI LO SOPHI C EN CYC LOPED IA OF AS TROLOG Y 1 01

an d if the m al e fies ( Mars Saturn Uran us

on e of , , or

Neptun e ) i s so p l aced i t i s evil See A flli ct i on ’

, .
‘
.

Co m m o n Sig ns
G e m ini Vi rgo Sagi ttari us an d Pi sc e s
, ,
. The y ar e

flexibl e an d vacill atin g i n n ature .

Co nj un c t io n
Wh e n t wo plan e t s are wi thi n six d e grees o f e a c h
’
Se e A spects a n d Or b
‘ ’
o ther they ar e i n c o n j uc t i on . .

Cr i t i cal D e g r e es
Se e table an d desc ri pti on o f Cri ti cal D egree s o n
page 81 The se degrees mark appro xim atel y t h e e n d
.

’
of each day travel
the Mo on thro ugh the twelve
s of

si gn s Th e M o on o c cup i e s ab o ut
. days in it s p as
sage a ro un d the Z o di ac averagi n g ab o ut 1 3 degrees ,

ea c h day Thus sta rt in g with the first d e gree o f

.
,

A ri es the fi rst day s travel will e n d at the 1 3t h de

’
,
’
gree the seco n d day s travel at the 26t h degree an d
,

so o n Foll o wi n g thi s o ut we fin d that the Crit i cal

.
,

D egrees a r e the l st 1 3t h an d 26t h degree s o f the ,

Card in al Si gn s t h e 9 t h an d 21 st degrees o f the Fixed

,

Si gn s an d the 4t h an d 17t h degrees o f the Co mmon

,

Si gn s .

Cul m i na t e
Wh e n a p l an et reache s Zen ith i t is sai d t o cul
min ate f o r i t h as th en reached i t s h i gh e st altitude
,

an d the n begi ns t o de sce n d t o ward the Western No de .

This expressi on i s al so used con cern in g asp ects When .

a p l an et c ome s wi thi n o r b o f an o ther the i nfl uen ce is

1 02 SI MPLI FIED SCIENTIFIC AS TROLOGY

at first we ak but i t bec o mes str o n ge r a n d str o n ger the

,

n e arer t h e applyin g plan et c o m e s t o the exa c t aspect ,

an d at that t i me i t cul mi n at e s o r rea c he s i t s m axi mum

stre n gth Then when the p l an e ts begi n t o se parate

.

an d the a spe c t is gr aduall y di ssol ve d t h e in fl uen ce is

,

co rr e sp on din gl y weaken ed an d fin al ly c e a se s al to
,

gether .

Cusp
Th e first d e gree o f a h o use o r si gn When the .

Sun l eaves the 3ot h de g ree o f Can c e r an d i s i n Le o

0 degre e 1 mi n , i t i s sai d t o be o n t h e c usp o f Le o
.
, ,

the sa m e wi th re spec t t o the o th e r si gns I f A ri es .

1 0 d e gr e e s i s o n t h e m id h ea ve n as t h e c usp o r di
,

vi din g l in e b e t wee n the n in th an d ten th h o uses is

call ed an d Ne ptun e i s i n A ri e s 9 d e gr ee s 55 mi n ut e s
, ,

it is p l aced i n the Nin th H o use o n t h e c us p o f the

te n th I f i t i s in A ri es 1 0 de gr e e s 5 mi n ut e s it i s
.
,

pl aced in the ten th ho use o n t h e c usp .

As t h e i n fl uen c e p l an ets havin g d i re c t m o ti on

of

i s al ways fo r war d i n t h e Zo di ac a plan et o n the c usp

,

o f a h o use will always have a st r o n ger i n fl u e n c e o n

the aff ai rs si gni fied by tha t h o use than a p l an et

whi c h is p l a c ed in the l atte r degrees o f a h o use .

D e cl i na ti o n
Th e d istan c e a pl an et is n o rth o r south o f the Cel es
ti al Equato r Th e hi ghest n o rth de cli n atio n o f the
.

Sun i s 23 degree s 27 mi n utes whi c h i t attain s at the

,

summ e r so l st i ce the 2l st o f Jun e an d at the win ter

,
 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPED IA OF AS TROLOGY 1 03

sol st i ce the 2l st o f D e ce m ber it is in th e c o rr e s

on

p on din g degree 23 de gr e e s 27 min ut es so uth d e cl in a

,

ti o n M ars Mercury an d the Moo n re ach de cli n ati o ns

.
,

27 d egrees n o rth an d o n rare o cc asi o ns Ve n us attains

,

28 d e gree s but t h e o ther p l an e ts Jup i ter Saturn

, , , ,

Ura n us an d Neptun e have appr o x i mat e l y the sa m e ,

d e cl in ati on as the Sun .

A str o n o m y t e a ch e s that t h e de cli n ati on o f the Sun

i s due t o t h e in cl in at i o n o f the earth s axi s
’
.

D eg r e e :

A de gree i s the 360t h part o f a c i r cl e There a r e .

30 degree s in ea c h o f t h e tw e l ve si gn s o f the Zo di ac ,

a n d the m o ti on o f t h e p l an e ts t h r o ugh th e se si gn s i s

st ated in d e gre es a n d m i n u tes o f l o n g i t ud e c o mm e n c ,

in g wi th t h e first degre e o f A r i es .

Th e Sun s path i s call ed the e cl ip t i c an d i s tak e n

’
,

as the st a n dard l in e o f c e le st i al m o ti o n so far as o ur

so lar syst e m i s c o n ce rn ed Th e pl an e t s zi gzag al o n g
.

t h e e cl i pti c so m etim e s a li ttle t o the n o rth o f the

Th e
’
Sun s path at o the r t im es a l i ttl e t o the so uth
, .

’
dista n ce o f a pl an et n o rth o r so uth o f t h e Sun s path
is cal l ed La t i t u d e an d i s al so me asured i n term s o f
,

d e gr ee s an d mi n utes .

Fo r an exp l an ati o n o f degr e e s o f d e cl in at i o n see ,

‘ ’
d e cl i n at i o n an d f or the use o f degree s t o measur e
,

Ri g h t A sc e ns i on , see
‘
Mid h e ave n .
’

Th e f o re go in g exp l an ati on s e m b o dy t h e use o f the

d egr e e a un i t o f m easur e m e n t t o fix t h e p ositi on o f
as

the p l an ets o n the cel est i al sphere c on taini n g the fix ed

1 04 SI MPLIF IED SCIENTI FIC AS TROLOG Y

s tars ; but degre es are al so used i n ge o graphy t o deter

m in e the e xa ct p o siti on Of a n y c ity o r p l a c e o n t h e
surfac e o f the e arth L at itude i s the n re c k o n ed i n
.

’
d e gree s fro m t h e e ar t h s e quat o r whi c h h as 0 d e gre es ,

l ati tud e t o the p ol e s wh i c h have respecti vel y 9 0 de

, ,

gre e s No rth a n d So uth l atitud e .

Lo n g i t u d e is m ea sure d al o n g t h e e ar t h s equat o r, ’

1 80 degrees East a n d We st fro m t h e m e r id ian of

Gr e e n wi c h whi c h was ac c ept e d as a sta rt in g p o in t i n
,

1 884 by del e gate s fro m all l eadin g n ati o n s Fran ce ,

exc epted .

Fo r the e ff e c t o f d istan c e s m e asured i n terms o f

‘
l o n gi tude o n the in fl ue n c e o f the p l an ets se e As
’
p ac t s .

Fo r t h e in fl ue n ce of L atitude an d D e cl i n ati on on
‘ ’
the e ff e ct of the p l an etary as p ects , se e Lat i t ud e .

D e sc e nd a n t
Th e pp o si te o f As c en dan t the p o in t o n the west
o ,

e rn h o ri z o n where the Sun a n d the plan e ts se t so ,

c all e d b e cause fr o m then c e the heavenl y b o di e s c om

,

me n ce thei r d e scen t t o ward s the n adi r o f the cel e s

‘ ’

ti al sphere .

D e t r im en t
’
Th e
‘
o pp o site of D i gn ity, whi c h se e .

D ig n i t y
‘
A p l an et i s sai d t o be i n i t s di gn i ty o r t o be cc ,

se n t i a ll y d i g n i fi e d
’
or t o
,
‘
r ul e
’
wh e n i t i s i n c e rtai n
,

S ig n s w hi c h agr e e wi th i t in n at u re f o r th e n t h e ,

p owe r o f the si gn an d the p o wer o f the p l an et are

 A PHI LO SOPHI C EN CYC LOPED IA OF ASTROLOG Y 1 05

c o mp o un ded . Th e i n fl ue n ce o f the p l an et is thus

stre n gth e n e d . Con versely, a plan et is sai d t o be in it s
detrim en t whe n i t i s in the si gn o pp o site t o the o n e
it rul e s f o r the n the n ature o f t h e si gn an d the n ature
o f the plan e t a r e i n c o mpat i bl e an d an tago n isti c an d ,

as a re sult the i n fl ue n c e o f the p l an et is w e aken ed .

Th e table o n page 81 sho ws the rul ershi p o f

the p l an e t s o ver the vari o us si gn s an d a study there
o f will bri n g o ut the un d e rl yi n g system an d phil o s

op hy .

Th e Sun i s the cen t e r of o ur solar system the ,

giver o f li fe an d heat an d the M o on i s ( so far as o ur

,

eart h i s c on cern ed ) the c o ll e c t o r an d re fl e ct o r o f i t s

,

Vi tal izin g rays Th e sol ar ray attain s i t s gr eate st in

.

te n si t y in m id summer when the Sun i s in Can cer

-

an d Le o duri n g Jun e an d J ul y a n d so Le o the l i o n

, , , ,

b e in g a m a scul in e Si gn o f a fiery n atu re i s I n e sse n ti al

a greemen t wi th the n ature o f the Sun an d therefo re

hel p s t o d i gn ify an d stren gthen it .

’
Th e e if e ct o f the f e m in in e M o on on the earth s
t i d e s sh o ws it s i n he r e n t a ffin ity f o r water whi ch ,

brin gs it in t o e sse n t ial agre e m en t w ith t h e fe mi n in e

watery Si g n Can ce r On that acc o un t Can cer is i t s
.

ho me whe re it i s str on ge st an d m o st di gni fied .

Th e keyw o rd o f the Sun i s Li fe an d that o f the

,

Mo on i s Fe c un d at i on Th e germ o f l i fe whi ch c ome s

.

fr o m the Sun i s pl an ted an d watered by the M oo n

whi ch measures the peri o d o f ge st ati on an d bri n gs all
t hi n gs t o b i rth Saturn is the p l an et o f o b st ructi on
.
1 06 SI MP LIFI ED SCIEN TIFIC AS TROLOG Y

an d decay the rea per wi th ho ur glass an d sc ythe wh o

,
-

cuts Off the li fe gi ven by the Sun an d f ost ered by the

Mo on when hi s ho ur glass shows that the f rui ts o f
,
-

l ife s experi en c e are ri pe f o r harvest

’
Thus h e is the .

p l an e t o f d e ath an d m o ve s i n an o rb it o n the o ut
,

ski rts Of the so lar sy ste m wh i c h i s the b o un d ary ,

o f Chaos wh e re all , thi n gs ar e di sso l ved an d trans

mute d by sp i ri tual al c hem y t o fin e r an d fin e r t e x
tures .

Theref o re Saturn is in e ssen ti al a gree men t wi th

Capri c o rn an d A quarI us the Si gn s o c cup i ed by the ,

Sun durin g the c ol d m on ths o f m id wi n t e r D e c ember -

,

a n d Jan uary When pla ce d i n these si gn s hi s c ol d

.
,

cl ammy han d mak es i t self f e l t as a p o w e rf ul f o r t e

that c rushe s l i fe an d j oy that co vers the l if e wi th the

,

gl oo m o f d e ath .

Betwee n t h e o rb it s o f Saturn an d the Sun are t h e

o rb it s o f the o ther p l an ets an d when arran ged in ,

o rder o f the i r d i stan c e fr o m the Sun wi th the si gn s ,

o f the zo di a c so p l a c ed that Le o an d Ca n cer a r e i n the

c en ter wi th th e i r rul ers the Sun a n d M o on a n d Sat

, ,
’
urn s si gn s Capri c o rn an d A quari us o n e o n e ach
, ,

wi n g i t app e ars that

,
’
Jup iter who se o rb it is insi de Sat urn s rul e s t h e ,

t wo si gn s n ext t o Saturn s n amel y Sagi ttari u s an d

’
, ,

Pi sce s .

’ ’
Mars o rb it i s i n si de o f Jup iter s therefo re he ,

rul es the si gn s n ex t t o Jup i t er s n amel y A ri es an d

’
, ,

Sc o rp i o .
 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPED IA OF ASTROLOGY 107

’
Ven us is in si de Mars o rb it so sh e is di gn i fied in
,

the si gns n ext t o Mars si gns n amel y Taurus an d

’
, ,

Libra .

Mercury whi c h is n ea rest t o the Sun rul es the

, ,

Si gn s betwee n th o se o f Ve n us an d the Sun n amel y ,

Gemin i an d Vi rgo See Ex al t a t ion

.
‘ ’
.

D ir e c t
Wh en plan ets m o ve wi th the o rder o f the si gns
( fro m A ri es t o Taurus they are sai d t o be di
rect but when th e y appear t o m o ve c on trary t o the
,

o rder o f t h e si gn s ( fr o m A ri es t o P isc es) they are ,

I n the e phe m eri s a c ap i tal R

‘ ’
sa i d t o be retro grade .

at the t o p o f the m on thly page is p l a c ed wi th the d e

gree s an d mi n utes o f the p l an et s l o n gi tude o n the
’

day whe n i t begin s t o retr o grad e an d at t h e t op o f

,

i t s c ol um n whil e thi s m o t i o n c o n t in ues When the.

plan et r esum e s i t s di rect m o tio n thi s i s i n ,

’ ’ ‘ ’
d i ca t e d by a c ap i tal D but there are n o D s at
‘
,

the t o p o f the c o lumn s in the eph e m eri s t o in di cate

tha t the p l an ets are di re c t f o r tha t is thei r n at ur al
‘ ’

l in e o f p ro gr e ssi on
. Th e R s are o nl y used t o mark
‘ ’ ’

that whi c h i s an an om al y .

Th e Sun an d M oo n ar e al way s d ir e ct i n the i r m o

tio n they are n ever stati on ary o r retro grade See
, .

c hapter o n Retro gradati on p age 72 .

D i r ec t io ns
When a chil d is bo rn it is i mmersed in an atm os
p h e r e charged wi th the stell ar vi brati on s p ecul i ar t o
108 SI MPLIFIED SCIEN TIFIC ASTROLOGY

that m omen t whi ch are st am ped up on ea ch atom o f

,

the se nsi ti ve o rgani sm by the ai r in hal ed wi th the first

breath Thi s plan etary bapti sm is the basi c cause o f
.

al l the chil d s charact eri st i cs an d i di o syn crasi e s ; i t

’

gives c ertain ten den cie s whi ch rema in thr ough l i fe .

Thi s i s the Rad ix o r Rad i cal H or osc op e whi ch we

carr y ab o ut in o ur b o di e s an d whe ther we kn o w i t o r
,

n o t i t is the r o o t o f al l even t s in l i fe
, .

But the p l an ets d o n o t rem ain stati on ary in the

p o si ti ons they o ccup i ed at t h e time o f o ur b i rth ; thei r
p r o g r e ss is etern al as is that o f o u r Father in
Heaven an d in t ime the y f o rm asp ec t s o ther than
,

those whi ch the y mad e at b i rth These pro gre ssed .

c o n fi g urati ons are call ed D i re cti ons an d they mark ,

the t ime in l ife when e ve n ts are due t o o c c ur .

D i recti o n s are of t wo ki n ds
, p r i m ar y an d se c

on d ar y .

P r i m ar y dir ec t io n s
are f o rmed between the p r o
g r e sse d p l an ets an d thei r p ositi on s at bi rth If f or .
,

in stan c e the Sun w as i n n o degrees o f A ri e s an d Ju

,

p iter in 25 degr e es o f Le o at the b i rth o f an i n d ivi i

ual then a s the Sun m o ves f o rward in the Zo d i ac at
, ,

ab o ut o n e degree a day it will b e tri n e wi th Jup iter

,

ab o ut twen ty five days after b i rth Th e sy stem o f

-
.

tim e m e asur e m e n t o f the p l an etary pr o gre ssio n in

ge n eral use re cko n s e ach day afte r bi rth equal t o a
 A PHILOS OPHI C EN CYC LOPEDI A OF ASTROLOGY 109

ye ar o f li fe Thus the sa i d in di vi dual will meet wi th

.

a ve ry f o rtun ate eve n t in the twe n ty fif t h year -

.

Asp e c ts may al so be f o rmed b e twe e n t w o p r o

g r e sse d plan ets ; t o f oll o w o ut t h e example gi ve n i n
t h e l ast paragraph Jup i ter w o ul d pr o gre ss o n e o r
,

t wo d e grees in the twe n ty five days I t w oul d then

-
.

be in 26 o r 27 degree s o f Leo an d after the S un had ,

p assed the trin e wi th the r ad ica l Jup iter i t wo ul d

c o m e t o t h e trin e o f the p r o g r esse d Jup i ter an d thi s

w o ul d pro l o n g the f o rtun ate i nfl uen c e f o r several

y e ars tho ugh it sho ul d be b o rn e in mi n d that the
,

fe e t o f aspe c ts be tw e en t wo pr o gressed pl an ets is n o t

so str o n g as whe n the c onfi g urat i on i s b e tw e e n a p r o

g r e sse d an d a radi cal p l an e t .

Se c o nd ar y d ir e c t io n s are f o rmed by the p r o g re s

si on o f the M o o n t o aspe c ts wi th the p l a n ets p ar t i c ,

ul a r l y t h e r ad i c al These l un ar aspe c ts ar e o f vi tal

.

i mp o rtan c e f o r u nl e ss t h e p r i m a r y d i r e c t io ns ar e
,

sup p o r t e d by asp e c t s o f t h e p r o g r e sse d Mo o n wh ic h

ar e of a si m il ar na t ur e n a ug h t
,
To
t h ey c om e t o .

ill ustrate by refe ren ce t o the e xam p l e o f the S m

,

tri n e Jup i te r If at the t ime when that cul min ated

. ,

th e pro gre sse d M o on had been i n Ge m i m 25 sextil e ,

t o bo th the Sun an d Jup i te r that w o ul d have gi ven ,

a w on derfully favo rabl e i mp e tus t o the even t si gn i

fie d by the d i r ecti o n but h a d the M o on b e e n i n Tau
,

r us 25 square t o Jup i ter i t w oul d have preve n ted

,

the even t an d ca used tro ubl e in ste ad H ad there .

1 10 SI MP LIFIED S CIENTIFIC ASTROLOGY

bee n n o seco n dary l un ar di re cti on at t h e tim e the

eve n t wo ul d have re m a in e d lat e n t un til t h e n e xt l n
n a r asp e c t o f t h e pro gr e ssed M o o n e ither bro ught i t

o ut t o l i f e o r wi the r e d i t .

Lun ati o ns ( Ne w Mo ons) are al so p o we rful fa ct o rs

i n e n ergiz i n g d i re cti on s part i cul arly i f they a r e
,

e cl ip se s Se e L un ati o ns an d Ec li p ses al so Tran

.
‘ ’ ‘
,
‘

’
si ts

D o u bl e B o d i e d Si g ns
Gem in i , Sagi ttari us an d P isces
all ed b e cause . SO c

i n the p i c to ri al Z o d i a c Gem ini is repre se n ted as a

p ai r o f twin s Sagittari us as a Cen ta ur part m an an d
, ,

p art h o rse an d Pisces as t wo fish es Th e y a r e o f a

, .

dual vac ill atin g n ature an d i t i s remarkabl e that

, ,

e ven ts in the l i ves o f pe o p l e havi n g the se si gn s pr o m

in e n t are re peated The y marry several t im e s their

.
,

mi sfo rtun e s n e ve r c o m e si n gly but thei r go od f o r ,

tun e s al so c o me in mul ti pl e .

D r ag o n H e ad
’
s

Th e M o o n
’
s No rth Node . Th e No de s are p oin ts in
the o rbi t o f a p l an et where i t c r o sse s the e cl i pti c o r ,

’
Sun s path Th e o n e where i t c r o sses fro m so uth t o
.

n o rth i s cal l ed i t s a sce n din g o r No rth n od e ; the o ther

p oin t where it cro sse s fr o m n o rth t o so uth is call e d

i t s de sce n din g o r South n o de .

When the Sun i s in the East an d cro sses the cel es

ti al equ at o r fr om the south t o the n o rth i t en ters i t s ,

m a rti al ex al tati o n si g n A ri es as a c on querin g kin g

 A PHI LO SOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLOGY 111

at the vern al equi n o x an d all n ature waken s t o the ,

li fe l o ve an d lab o r o f an o ther year

, Theref o re the .

p oin t where the l e sser L i ght c rosses in to t h e n o rth

decl in ati on is al so subj e c t t o a be n i g n li fe gi vin g in
flu e n ce su c h as that asc ri bed t o the D rag on s H e a d
’
.
,

I t f oste rs an d pr om ot e s all matte rs wi thin it s in

fl ue n ce .

But in the Fal l Sat urn Satan o r the adversary , , ,

stan ds in h is e x al t a t i o n si g n Li b r a ready t o van qui sh

us eh r i t a cr o ss i t s descen di n g n o de l eavin g the Nor ,

t h e rn H emi sphere t o m o urn an d d i e Theref o re the .

M oo n s So uth No de call ed the D r ago n s Tai l i s

’
,
’
,

deemed t o b e Saturni n e i n it s eff ect an d o bstructs

al l thi n gs where wi th i t i s co nn ect ed .

’
D r ag o n s Tail
Th e M oo n ’
s So uth Node . Se e D ra go n
’
s He ad .

Ear t h y Si g ns : Taurus, Vi r g o an d Cap ri co r n .

Ecl ip ses : Se e
‘
Lun ati o ns .
’

Ecl ip t ic Th e Sun
’
s path amon g the c on stell ati ons
of the fir m am e n t .

H o rary A strol o gy
’
El e c t io n
‘
: See .

El e va t io n
ccup i ed by the Sun at Noo n
Th e zen i t h whi ch i s o ,

is the hi gh est p o in t in the heave ns Th e n earer th at .

od t i o n a plan et i s the m o re e l e va t e d i t is sai d t o be

p
.
,

Thus a pl an et in the El eve n th H o use is el evated

s
1 12 SI MPLI FIED SCIEN TIFIC AS TROLOGY

abo ve an o the r whi c h i s i n t h e Twel fth H ouse an d a ,

pl an e t in the Ten th H o use i s el evated ab o ve al l o ther

p l an e t s .

Elevati o n is very i mp o rtan t , f o r i t adds c o nsi d

e r ab l y the in fl u en ce o f a p l an et f o r go o d o r ill I f
to .

M ars the p l an et o f dyn am i c en er g y i s e levated an d

, ,

i n it s o wn Si gn A ri es i t e n d o ws the pe rso n wi th an
,

al m ost i n ex haust ibl e fun d o f e n er y an d an i n d o m

g
i t ab l e c our age whi ch will be f o un d l ackin g i f h e is
,

placed i n a we ak Si gn a n d p o si tion l ike Vi rgo an d

the Six th H o use Simil arl y wi th the o ther si gn s an d
.

plan ets .

Ep h e m e r is, p l ur al Ep h e - m e r -i - d e s
-

An ephemeris is a twin si ste r o f the Al man ac ,

an d give s the g e o c e n t r i c L on gitu d e s an d D e c l in a

ti ons f o r t h e c urr en t year I t i s ab so l utel y n ec e ssa r y
.

i n astro l o g i c al c al cul ati o ns Bu t j ust as I t Is n e c e s

.

sar y t o g e t a n e w al m an a c f o r each yea r t o se e whe n

the Mo on i s n e w an d ful l when i t i s Easter o r Chr i st

,

m as e t c so al so i s i t n e c e ssa ry t o have an ephe m eri s

, .

f o r ever y y e ar when we wan t t o c ast ho rosco p e s f or

pe o pl e True the p l an ets c i rc l e ab out t h e Sun but
.
, ,

e a c h h as i t s o wn spe c i fic sp e ed an d they d o n o t c ome

,

i n t o the sam e p o sit io n relat i ve t o o n e an o ther that

they have whi l e y ou are readin g thi s un til a pe r i od ,

whi ch is cal l ed the Great Si der e al Year or

di n ar y ye ars) h as el ap sed Th e r e fo re all ho ro sco pes

,
.
,

even the ho rosco pes o f twins diff er an d it i s n e c e s ,

 A PHILOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDI A OF AS TROLOGY 113

sary t o have an e phemeri s f o r the b i rth year o f an y

p e rso n befo r e y ou can cast his h o r o sco pe .

Equa t o r :

Th e ’
earth s equato r i s an i m agin ary l in e i n a p l an e
at ri ght an gle s t o the ax i s o f the e a rth an d m i dway ,

betwee n the No rth an d So uth p ol es I t divi des the .

earth i n t o t w o hemi sphere s the No rthern an d So uth

,

e rn. I f a p ol e hun dreds Of mi ll i on s o f mi le s i n l en gth

were thr ust through the earth fro m the equato r t o
the cen ter o f the earth the o uter e n d w o ul d i nsc ri b e
,

a l in e o n the fir m am e n t when the earth r o tat e s o n

,

i t s ax i s an d thi s i ma g in ar y l in e i s cal l e d the c e l est i al

,

e qu a t o r o r e qui no c t ia l
. Th e l atter n ame i s gi ve n i t
.

because whe n the Sun i s at the p o in ts where the

e cl i pti c o r Sun s p ath crosse s the cel esti al equato r
’

we have t h e equi n o xes the time s when the days an d

,

ni ghts are o f equal durat i on .

Equi no ct ial : Se e Equa t or

‘
.
’

Equi n ox
e quin o xes o c cur o n the 2l st o f Marc h when
Th e
the Sun en te rs A ri es an d t h e 21st o f Septe m ber
,

when the Sun en ters L ib r a A t th o se time s the day.

an d n i ght ar e o f equ al l e n gth al l o ver the earth See .

Equat o r an d P r ece ssi on o f t he Equi n o x

‘ ’ ‘ ’
.
,

Esse n t ial D i g n i t y
A pl an et i s stren gt hen ed o r essen ti al l y di gn i fie d
when i t i s in a Si gn whi c h agr e es wi th it s o wn n a
114 SI MPLIFIED SCI ENTIFIC AS TROLOGY

ture Thi s is tho ro ughl y ex pla in ed un der D i gn i t y

.
‘
,
’

whi c h se e .

Ex al t a t io n
I t i s expl ain ed un der D i gni ty ‘
th at wh e n a ,
’

p l an et is in a Si gn o f si m il ar n ature i t i s thus ,

stre n g the n ed o r d i g n ifi e d but when an o ther p l an et

.

o f the same n ature as the rul er e n ters th at Si gn i t

c om p o un ds i t s o wn qual iti es wi th those o f the rul er

an d the si g n an d bec omes e x al t e d o r p o werful ly
,

stre n gthe n ed .Fo r i nstan ce A ri es i s a dry fiery , ,

si gn . I t is rul ed by Mars a dry fiery p l an et an d, , ,

whe n the Sun the so urce Of heat an d the giver o f

,

L i fe en te rs this si gn i t is e xal te d t o the superl ative

d e gre e o f p o wer an d f o rthwi th L i fe begin s t o mani
,

fest in al l departmen ts o f n at ure Th e p o in t t o b e .

b o rn e i n min d con cerni n g what con st itutes exal ta

ti o n is that it re qui res the c om p oun di n g Of t h r e e
si m il ar n atur es Sc o rp i o i s al so a marti al si gn but
. ,

it i s wate ry an d n o t in as c ompl ete a gr eemen t wi th

t h e n ature o f the Sun as A ri es therefo re t h e Sun ,

c oul d n o t be exal ted in Sco rp i o as it i s in A ri es .

A s the L o rd heat the Sun i s al w ays

of li fe an d , ,

o pp o sed by Saturn in the rul ersh i p o f thei r si gns,

Leo an d A quari us so al so the c ol d an d deathl y Sat

,

ur n o pp ose s the Sun fr o m i t s exal ta ti o n si gn L ibra - .

Ven us an d Mar s are t h e pl an et s o f at t racti on fro m

t h e p oin t o f se x an d as all that is g en erat ed by se x
.

is un der the sway of de ath M ars h as thus a ri ght i s ,

 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYCLOPEDIA OF AS TROLOGY 11 5

rul e Sc o rp io the ei ghth h o use si gn den o tin g death ;

,
-

i t i s al so pro perl y ex al ted i n the Saturni n e si g n Cap

r i co rn an d Satur n the L o rd o f D eath i s j ust l y as
, ,

c r i b e d ex al tati on p o wer in Li bra, the car dinal m as

-

Can cer, the m oist rul ed by the

an d f e mI m n e s1g n

Mo on is n ex t t o Leo the h o t an d dry si gn rul ed by

,

the Sun I t is there fo re requi re d b y the l aw o f an

.

al o gy that the ex al ta t i on si gn o f the M oo n sh o ul d be

-

n ext t o tha t o f the Sun in Taurus Ven us the p l an

, .
,

e t o f L o ve Off e rs an aven ue f o r the expre ssi on o f the

,

l un ar f o rc es o f fe cun da ti on an d the m oi st femi n i n e ,

a n d frui tful Si gn Taurus is in en ti re agreeme n t wi th

these ten d e n c i es hen ce this si gn Off ers the mo st p ow

,

e r f ul expr e ssi o n f o r the f o rce w o rki n g thr o ugh the

Mo on an d sh e may therefo re ri ghtful l y be c all ed

,

exal ted in Taurus Ven us b in ds us i n the b o n ds o f

.

l o ve f o r the p e rpetuati on o f the race theref o re that ,

l o ve is essen ti al l y sel fish he n c e p ro duct ive o f so rr o w

. .

W h o h as l oved much h as sufie r e d mu ch hen ce the

, ,

tear stain ed Ven us is ex al ted in the watery twel fth

-

h o use si g n Pisces the si gn o f so rro w There by the

-
, .
,

puri fyin g e ffect o f gri ef the ea rthl y se n sual l o ve is

, ,

tran smuted t o Al trui sm un der t h e b e n e fic ray o f Ju

p i ter the r ul er f o r it is n o t t h e wil l o f o ur Father
, ,

that we sh oul d snfi e r bey on d what w e c an bear but ,

H e will wi th every temptat i on pr o vi de a way o f e s

cape
11 6 SI MPLI FI ED SCIEN TIFIC ASTROLOGY

Can cer w a s p i c tur e d an c i e n t Egypti an Zod

on the
i ac as a bee tle o r scarab whi ch w as thei r embl em o f
,

the so ul an d i t i s an eso t eri c truth t hat al l so ul s e n

.

t e r te rr e stri al li fe thro ugh the sphere o f the Moon ,

Can cer Co n ce pti on depen ds up o n the p l a ce o f the

.

Mo on an d the an gl e o f i t s ray Sa gitta ri us the Ce n .

,

taur is t h e symbo l o f asp i rati on the m an c o min g o ut

, ,

o f the an i m al an d p o i n t in g hi s b o w heave n ward

, .

Thi s si gn is rul ed by Jup i te r the p l an et o f B e n e vo

,

l en c e whi ch i s n ow t h e se e d g r o un d where our future

,

ho m e is bei n g prepa re d whe re we shal l so metime

,

dwell when we have l ea rn ed the l e ssons t o be taught

in t h e Ear t h P eri o d an d are ready t o take up hi gh er
wo rk o f the Jup i ter P eri o d as taught in the Ro sicr u
ei an Co sm o Co n c ept io n
-
.

Thus, as ar fo rces re flected thro u g h Can

t he sol

c e r a n d the M o o n r e sul t i n g e n erati on so the Sp i ri t ,

ual r ay o f the Sun refl ected thro ugh Can c er an d J u

p iter act as a rege n erati ve p o wer stren gtheni n g the

psychi c an d re li gi o us n at ure an d there fo r e Jup i ter
.

is trul y sa i d t o b e ex al ted in Can c er .

Mercury i s a pl an et o f a vari abl e n ature ; it t akes

o n the c o l o r an d chara c teri sti cs o f an y Si gn o r pl an et

with whi ch i t is co nfig ur at e d ; theref o re i t h as n o

parti cul ar aflini t y wi th an y o f the other pl an ets o r
’

si g n s rul ed by the o ther p l an e t s an d hen c e must seek ,

exal tati on in it s o wn si g ns A n d as Gemi n i is .

 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLOGY 1 17

is the li stl ess n egati ve si gn Vi rgo , hen ce tha t is t h e

Si gn o f Me r cury s ex al tati on
’
.

Fal l
When a pl an et is in t he Si gn o pp osi te i t s ex al ta
ti on si gn i t is sai d t o be in i ts fal l f o r that Si gn ,
-
‘
,
’

i t s L o rd an d e x al t ati on r ul er are all o f ex ac tl y t h e

-

o pp o si t e n ature .Thus when the gl o ri o us Sun whi ch

,

is exal ted in A ri es i s i n the o pp osi t e si gn L ibra

,

where the c ol d an d dre ar y Satu rn h as do mai n i t is ,

weake n ed an d affl i cted thereby Co n ver sel y, when.

Saturn is in the si gn A ri es the Sun s ex al ta ti on si gn ,

’
-
,

i t sh ri vel s an d shri nks un der the heat rays When .

the b e n e fic ami abl e Jup iter exal ted in Can cer, is

,

pl aced in the o pp osite si gn Capri c o rn the Si gn o f ,

the surl y Saturn a n d the exal tati o n si gn o f the

,
-

brusque Mars i t is surel y affli cted an d in it s fall .

Sim il arl y wi th the o ther pl an ets .

Fe m i n i ne Si g ns :
Th e f e m i n i n e gns c om p ri se the si x si g ns wi th
si

even n umbe rs : Taurus the sec on d si gn Can cer the

, ,

fo urth si gn etc Thi s i n cl ude s the e arthy si gns Tau

, .
,

r us , Vi rgo an d Capri co rn ; an d the watery si gns ,

Can c er Sc o rp i o an d P isces Earth an d water ar e the

, .

t wo att ri but es of M o ther Nature Gi ven them sh e is

’
.

abl e t o b r in g fo rth an d so the si gn s whi ch have affin

,

i t y with these e ssen t ial el emen ts may well be c all ed

is p erhap s the mo st imp o r t an t o f the fe mi n in e si gn s .

118 SI MP LIFIED SCI ENTIFIC ASTROLOGY

for when the Sun is i n Vi rgo duri n g Septe mber t h e ,

sp i ri tual wave o f rej uven ati n g li fe c o mm e n c es i ts

descen t in to the ea rth where it cen tres at Chr istmas
an d then c o mmen ces t o ra di ate the germi n al lif e

whi c h sprin gs f o rth an d bl o om s at East er Then the .

Savi o r havi n g gi ve n his l i fe on ce f o r al l o n ce m o re as

,

ce n ds t o the Father .

Fi e r y Sig ns : A ri es, Le o an d Sagi ttari us .

Fix e d Sig ns
Taurus, Sc o rp i o , Le o an d A qua ri us
call ed ar e
‘ ’
fixed si gn s because when they are on the an gl es o f a
ho rosc o pe an d man y pl an ets ar e in the m they m ake ,
‘ ’
the per son ve r y se t an d, gi ve hi m an un usual
am oun t o f perseveran c e so that h e wil l n ea rl y al ways
achi e ve whatever he atte mpts t o d o if i t is hum an l y
p ossible .

Fix e d St ar s
Th e twel ve constel l ations o f the Z o di ac are c om
p o sed o f a l arge n umber o f sta rs an d all o ver the
,

fir m am e n t we se e cl usters o f l umi n o us b o di es whi ch ,

seem t o p re ser ve the sam e p osi t i on rel at ive t o o n e

an other di ff eri n g in thi s respect fro m t h e Sun M o on

, ,

an d pl an et s whi ch we see m ovi n g am on g the st ar

cl u st ers Therefo re the sta r cl usters c omp osin g the

‘
z odi acal c onstell ati on s are cal l ed fix ed stars I t is .
’

a ma tter o f kn owl edge however th at thei r i mmo bil

,

i t y is o n l y app are n t beca use o f thei r vast distan c e

 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA or AS TROLOGY 119

fro m us an d that they ar e r eal l y rushin g thr o ugh

,

sp a ce at an en o rm o us sp e ed ~

I n Astro l o gy we de al pri n ci pal l y wi th the twe l ve

c o n stell ati ons o f fix ed st ars co m p osin g the Zo di a c .

There is n o d o ubt tha t o ther fix ed sta rs ha ve an in

fl u e n ce o n human aff ai rs but our mi n d s are still t o o
,

we ak t o grasp the f ull si gn i fican c e o f z o di a c al si gn s ,

t h e plan e ts an d h o u se s i n all thei r mul ti tu din o us

c o mb in at i on s an d i f we att e m pt t o mi x i n the o ther
,

fixed star s an d the i r asp e c t s we shal l sur ely be l ost

in the maz e There f o re the studen t i s advi sed t o
.

c onsi der o n l y the f oll o wi n g f ixed stars : P l e i ad e s ,

l o cat e d in 29 degree s o f Taurus ; Asce ll i i n 6 de g rees ,

O f Leo ; an d A n t ar e s in 8 degr ees o f Sagi tta ri us

, .

These sta rs i t h as been Ob se rved have a dec i d e dl y

, ,

detrimen tal e fife ct up on t h e eyes Wh e n the Sun o r .

Moo n is i n these de grees an d affli cte d by o n e Of t h e

m al e fics o r whe n o n e o f the m al e fics i s i n o n e Of
,

the se d e gree s an d the Sun o r Moo n affli cte d an y

,

whe re in the ho rosco pe t ro ubl e wi th the eyes re sul t

,
.

F i g ur e
Th e h o ro sc o pe , map o f the heaven s
or t by
cas
’ ‘
astro l o ge rs is usual ly sp o ken o f as a figure .

Fr ui t ful Si g ns :
Can c er Sco rp i o a n d P isce s the si gns com pri sin g
. ,

the wate r y Tr i pli ci ty ar e t he p arti cul ar vehi cl es o f

,

is in th ese si g ns sh e p ours o ut wi t h s pec i all y fr ee

1 20 SI MPLI FIED SCIEN TIFI C AS TROLOG Y

han d the Water Of L i fe the fe c un datin g pri n ci pl e , ,

an d i t i s a m atter o f Ob ser vat i on tha t seeds p l an t e d

when the M o on is in th e se Si gns bear m o re b o un t e o us

l y than when p l an ted un der l e ss favo rable c o n d iti on s .

Geo ce n t r i c Sy st e m o f A st r o l og y
When Co r p e rn i cus pro ved that the earth an d
the o ther p l an ets revol ve aro un d t h e Sun he is sai d ,
‘

by sco fie r s an d scepti cs t o ha ve explo ded the syste m

o f A str o l o gy whi ch regards the earth as the ce n t e r

aro un d whi ch the Sun Moo n an d p l an et s ci rcl e , .

Th at is a mi stake n i d e a whi c h may perhap s be Sho wn

,

by an ill ustrati on We st ill c o n tin ue t o say that t h e

.

Sun r ise s tho ugh w e kn o w that i t i s the e arth that

,

mo ves whil e the Sun remain s stati on ary ; but wh e t h

er t h e Sun m o ves in a circl e a ro un d the ear th an d ,

ill umi n ates ea c h p o rt io n Of i t s surface in tu rn ,

o r t h e ea rt h m o v es up on i t s axis an d thus ex p ose s

o n e part afte r a n o the r t o the rays o f t h e stat i o n ary

Sun the eff e ct up on the e arth is the same n amel y,

, ,

we get li ght an d sunshi n e durin g part o f the twen ty

fo ur ho urs Simil arl y wi th the o the r p l an ets
.
,

A st r ol og y j ud g e s fie o t s wh e n i n c e r t ai n p osi
t h e ir e

t io ns r el a t i ve t o t he e ar t h regar dl ess o f h o w they

(
,

came there B esi de s i t is SO much mo re c o n ven i e n t

.
,
“
t o Sp e ak fr o m the ge o cen tri c stan dp o in t an d say the
“
Sun ri se s at six !
th an t o say the ax i al r o tati on Of
,
’
the ear th will brin g us in lin e wi th the Sun s rays t o
m o rro w at six O cl o ck ! ’
Even the m o st arro gan t
.
 A PHILOS OPHIC EN CYC LOPEDI A OF AS TROLOG Y 121

ra n t er again st the so call ed ge o ce n tri c f al l acy wo ul d

-

pr obabl y bal k at taki n g hi s medi c in e i n that way .

Go o d an d B ad
‘ ’ ‘ ’
G oo d an d bad are terms o n e Often hears ap
pl i e d t o h o r osco p e s a sp e c t s a nd p l a ne t s an d i t there
, ,

f o re see ms n ecessary t o e m phasize that in real ity al l

i s G OOD I n the Fathe r s Kin gdo m the Un i ve rse
’
.
, ,

th e re c an be n o thi n g perm an e n tly bad an d that ’ ‘

,

whi ch we so desi gn at e is r e all y o nl y go o d in the

maki n g .

I t may al so b e sai d that a ho rosco p e i s n ot n e ce s

ee ril y g o o d be c au se the asp ect s Of the p l an et s are

by tri n e s an d se xtil es So m e ti mes i t i s the ve ry r e

.

ve rse f o r it i s in t he st ruggle Of l i fe tha t we devel o p

, .

stren gth ; ve r y few are stro n g e n o ugh t o stan d pros

p e r it y Chan c es ar e that i n a ho rosc o pe ful l Of g oo d

.

asp e cts the re lurks the sn ar e Of i n d ol en ce so that the

p e rso n do es n ot e xe r t hi mse l f an d bec om es dri f t
woo d up on the o cean Of lif e whil e an o ther wh o h as ,

wha t we c all a ve ry affl i c ted ho rosc o p e is ro use d by

the adverse c on d iti ons ge n erated by squa res an d Op
p osi ti on s an d by Sheer f o rce o f will co n quers hi s
,

sta rs an d mast ers his dest i n y I n that case an d .

,
’ ‘
t he r e are m an y the b a d ho rosco pe i s sure l y a great
,

er bl essin g than a goo d on e I t is n o use to have .

an auto m o b il e if we are t o o l az y t o k e ep i t Oil ed an d

cl e an ed f o r it wil l g ive us a l o t o f tr o ubl e an d un

, ,

l ess we keep the whee l s o f fo rtun e Oil ed by con st an t

1 22 SI MP LI FI ED SCIENTIFI C AS TROLOG Y

atten ti o n t o the Opp o rtuni ti es Of li fe the ho ro sco pe ,

will n o t help us n o matter h o w go o d i t is But if ‘ ’

.

we h ave what is cal l ed a go o d h o r osc o pe an d d O o ur

’ ‘

p art it wil l pro ve a trium p ha l char i o t in whi c h w e

,

m ay ri de the ro yal roa d Of l i fe A n d t h e be st ax l e

.

Oil i s call ed he lp f ul n ess Th e he avi e r y o u l o ad yo ur

.

car do wn wi th l am e an d weary o n es t h e e asi e r it ,

will ri de .

An d Saturn ! Ye s it i s true that he is r e sp o n sibl e

,

f o r m ost Of the whi p l ashes o f fate but h e ca n g i ve ,

us n o t h i n g t h a t w e h a ve no t e ar n e d an d t h e purp ose
,

i s n o t ve n g ea n ce b u t edu c at i o n
, Th e m o m en t we
.

r e ali z e that de e p do wn in o u r he arts we Shall c e ase ,

t o murm ur an d ask : Why i s thi s happ e n i n g t o m e

, ,

what have I d o n e t o d e se r ve i t ? The n se e ki n g pray ,

e r f ull y f o r t h e reason that we m ay l e arn t o m e n d

,

o u r ways i n that re sp e ct an d SO e sc ape ki n dr e d tri al s

i n future we sha ll draw n ear e r t o o u r Father an d

, ,

l e arn t o kiss t h e c ro ss Thu s i n st e ad Of be i n g an un

.
,

mi ti gated evil the vi si tat i o ns o f Saturn ar e o p p ort u

,

n i t i es t o c o rre c t o ur wr o n gd o i n gs an d l earn wi sd om .

I t is Si mil ar wi th o ther SO call ed Mal e fics A t

-
.

prese n t th e i r infl u e n c e seems e vi l t o us because we

have n ot learn ed t o w o rk i n ha r mo n y with them f o r

But even to day, the ects Of Sat urn t o the M o on

asp

a n d M e r c ury gi ve d e pth t o the mi n d an d p o w e r o f

c on ce n trati o n whi ch are dec i de dl y g o o d Mars in

,
.
 A P HI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLOG Y 1 23

asp ect wi th these p l an ets en e rgi zes the min d an d

makes i t mo re al ert ; Uran us in asp ect t o them gi ves
a sp iri t ual p erc e ptio n t o those wh o can e x p r e w this
facul ty , but the y ar e very few .

On the o ther han d the so cal l ed go o d pl an ets

,
-

m ay be dec i d e dl y detri men tal by fosterin g sel f in d ul -

’
gen ce an d the refo re the app e l l ati on goo d o r b ad
,
‘ ’ ‘

is ambi guo us Th e true eso ter i c studen t wil l ca re

.

ful l y cul ti vate this mo d e o f mi n d wi th regard t o the

fac to rs in Ast ro l o gy an d al ways base his j udgm en t
,

on thi s c on cept i on o f the p l an e ts an d the i r asp e c ts .

A m al e fic that is well pl ac e d an d asp ected will

pro ve Of mo re help th an a be n e fic that is we ak an d

Gr e at Sid er e al Ye ar : See
‘
I n tell ectual Zo di ac .
’

H e l i o c e n t r ic A st r o l ogy
A y te m in tro duced by certai n mo dern ast r ol o
s s

gers in an e ffo rt t o c o n f o rm t o the Co pern i can c on

ce p t i on o f t h e so l o r system wi th the Sun as t h e ce n tre .

I t i s n ot satisf acto ry however f o r whil e those wh o

,

pract i ce g e o ce n tri c A st rol o gy have t h e re c o rds an d

Ob servati ons Of pa st ages t o gui de them the vo ta ri es ,

Of the n e w system have mai nl y specul ati on .

H or ar y A st r ol og y
Th e ci en ce o f j udgin g h ow a cer t ain m at t er wi ll
s

turn out fro m a fi g ure set up f o r the ti me the ques

tion was aske d Th e p hi l oso phy i s that t h e same st e l
.

l ar infl u en ce whi ch m akes a p e rson sufi’i ci en t l anx

y
1 24 SI MPLIFIED SCIENTIFI C AS T ROLOG Y

i o ns t o ask the questi o n co n t ai ns al so the answer .

Theref o re if the pe rson wh o wan ts t o kn o w is an

,

astro l o ger, he erects a h o ro sco pe f o r the ti me when

he first thought Of consul ti n g the stars I f a person

wh o c an n o t se t up a fi gure appl i e s p erson all y t o an
a strol o g er the l atter sets up a fi gure f o r the t ime
,

whe n the que st i o n i s asked Of hi m an d i f the qu e sti o n

,

c o mes t h r o ugh t he mail he cast s a ho rosc o pe f or the

,

time he actu al l y rea d t h e quest i on in the l e tte r Th is .

is ve r y i m p o r ta n t f or if t h e fi g ur e b e se t up for a
,

wr o n g t im e t h e j ud g m e n t is c e r t ain t o b e wr o n g
, .

I t so meti mes happen s tha t the matter asked ab o ut h as

n o t reached such a st ate Of c o mpleti on t ha t t h e i ss ue

i s settl ed a n d a de fini t e an swer can b e gi ve n

,
The r e
.

f o re t h e first thi n g t o d o afte r the fi g ure h as b ee n

cast is t o se e i f it i s r ad ic al an d can b e j udge d
,
‘ ’
,
.

I f the fi r st o r sec o n d de gre e o f an y Si gn is ri si n g ,

o r i f o n e Of the three l ast d e gree s Of a n y Si gn ri se s o r ,

i f t h e M oo n is i n the last thre e degrees o f an y Si gn o r ,

vo i d Of c o urse i t i s n o t safe t o j udge but the i n qu i rer

,

sh o ul d wai t a m o re fav o rabl e t i me an d ask the qu e s

ti on a g ai n .

When Saturn is o n the Asce n t o r i n the

Fi rst H o u se he al ways o bst ructs the matt e r an d i f ,

he i s in the Seven th H o use the ast rol o ge r S j udgmen t

’

I f n on e o f the se thi n gs hi n der the fi gure may b e

,

j udged by the f o llo win g m e t ho d

 A P HILOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLOG Y 125

Th e L o rd Of the p l an ets in the Fi rst

Asc e n d an t ,
H o use i f an y an d the M o o n represen t the m qul r e r
, , .

D etermi n e n ext by what H ou se the thi n g asked ab o ut

i s rul ed then c o nsi der whether the L o rd o f that
,

H o use i s favorably aspected wi th the L o rd o f the

A sc en dan t the pl an ets i n the Fi rst H o u se an d the
, ,

Moon I f so t h e matter will c o me t o a favo rabl e

.
,

c o n cl u si o n but i f these si g ni fic at o r s are asp ected by

,

square o r Opp o si ti o n the matter will c o me t o n aught

, .

But if som eo n e el se c o mes t o y o u wi th a pro p o

si ti o u an d y o u se t up a fi g ur e t o ai d y o u i n fo rmi n g
,

an i dea o f wha t t o d o be su re t o remember that H E

,

is t he p r i m e mo ve r i n t h e m at t e r an d that therefo re
,

the Mo on Ascen dan t an d Fi rst H o use are hi s si g n i f

,

i c at o r s whil e y o u ar e r e p r e sen t e d b y t h e S e ve n t h
,

H ouse a n d i t s Lor d I t does n ot matte r that y ou ask

.

the questi o n the pro p osi ti on tha t y ou ask abo ut is

,

h is; an d l ack o f thi s kn owl edge h as be en a stumbl in g

bl oc k t o man y wh o h ave give n a wr on g j udgmen t o n
that a cc o un t .

Th e thi n gs si gni fi ed by the H o use s are bri efl y

as f o ll o w s :

Fi r st Ho use : Matters o f an i n timate perso nal

Se co nd H o use : Fi n an ci al gai n .

Th ir d H ouse : Matters con cern i n g bro thers an d

Si st ers, s o h rt j o urn eys .

Fo ur t h H o use : H o uses an d l an ds, p atri mon y

1 26 SI MPLIFIED SCIENTIFI C AS TROLOGY

Fif t h H o use : Chil dre n , m e ssen gers an d ne ws

pap e rs .

Six t h H o use : Se r van ts an d d i sease .

Se ve n t h H o use : Marri age ,

partn e rshi p , l aw
sui ts .

Eig h t h H ouse : L ega ci es .

Nin t h H o use : Trave l , m e n tal st ate an d c apa c ity .

Te n t h H o use : So ci al stan d in g .

El e ve n t h H o use : Fr i e n ds,h o p es an d wishes .

Twe l f t h H ouse : En emi e s an d t ro uble .

Th e p l an ets whi ch pect your si g n ificat ors f a

as

vo rabl y Sho w whe n ce y o u may fin d help t o Obta i n

y o ur wish an d the plan ets whi ch affli ct yo ur st ars

,

i n di c at e what hi n ders an d by ble n di n g these augurs

,

y o u may kn o w what t o ex pe ct an d h o w t o pr o c ee d .

Study these rul es c are ful l y an d pay stri ct att e n ti on

,

t o the m then y o u will kn o w h ow t o answer al l ques

,

tio n s that may b e asked .

H o ra ry Ast rol o gy may al so be use d t o se l ect a .

favo rabl e ti me f o r c o m men cin g an i mp o rtan t un der

taki ng f o r t he star tin g p o in t Of an en t erp ri se is it s
,

b i rth an d t h e infl uen ce s then go vern in g wi ll be p ow

,

e r f ul det e r mi n ato rs Of success o r fail ur e I t is sai d .

tha t the Ro yal A st ro n o mer wh o l ai d t he co rn er ston e -

f or the Obser vato r y at Gr ee n wi ch used this m e tho d ,

an d that has ce r t ai n l y b e en a ve ry usef ul an d su c

 A PHI LO SOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDI A OF ASTROLO GY 1 27

TO thus sel e c t a time f or an un d e rtaki n g is c all ed

!
maki n g a n e l e c t io n .

Ho r i zo n :
Th e b i rthpl ace is, in A strol o gy, al ways c o nsi der
ed t h e hi ghest p o in t o n earth an d the prin ci pal c i r
c l e see n fro m ther e is the ho ri z on This i s e ither .

sen sible o r rati on al .

Th e se nsib l e h or i zon is the c i rcl e whi ch b oun ds

o ur vi ew whe re heave n an d earth se em t o m eet
, .

Th e r a t io nal h or i zo n is b e l o w the sensi bl e h o ri

’
z on,
i n the p l an e o f t h e e arth s ce n tre
:

H o use s
Th e H o use s ar e d i vi si ons
f t h e e ar t h as the o ,

si gn s ar e Of the heaven s Th e Zo d i a c appe ars t o m o ve

.

at t h e rate o f o n e d e g ree in every fo ur mi n utes but ,

the H o u se s are c o nsi der e d stati o n ary rel ative t o the

bi rthp l a ce .

Th e b i rthpl a c e i s al ways c o n si dered the hi ghe st

pl ace o n e a rth A n d fro m that p o in t fo ur i m agin ary
.

l in es are d r awn t o the fo ur cardi n al p o in t s No rth , ,

East So uth an d West

, I ma gi n e a l in e drawn fro m
.

yo ur b i rthpl a ce t o the p o in t di re ctl y o verhe ad where

t h e Sun is at n oo n That wo ul d be d i re c tl y So uth ,
'

a n d thi s li n e is reg arded a s the c usp Of the Te n th

H o u se whi ch f o r that rea son is cal l ed the Mi d h e ave n

, .

I f thi s l i n e i s e xten ded thro ugh the c en tre Of the

e arth t o the o pp osit e si de Of the e a rth an d then ce
,

in t c sp ace t hat l ower p art w oul d p oin t No rth and

; , ,
1 28 SI MPLIFIED SCIENTIFI C AS TROLOG Y

f o rm the c u sp o f t h e Fo urth H o use call e d the Nadi r ,

whi c h is Opp osite the Ten th .

The se t w o p o i n ts are i n ve sted by the sam e de

gre es Of the Z o di a c at an y give n tim e r e gardl e ss Of
,

whethe r the b i rthpl ac e is n ear the p o le o r t h e e qua

t or
. I n the l att er case we may al so i m a gin e a l i n e
,

drawn at ri ght an gl es a c ross the M e ri di an ( as t h e

,

l i n e i n the ho r o sc o pe fro m the Mi dheaven t o the

Nadi r i s c al l e d ) f r o m East t o We st an d that w oul d
, ,

the n f o rm t h e cusp s o f the Fi rst an d Seven th H o u se s .

By d i vi di n g eac h Of the f o ur se cti on s i n t o three we

woul d have tw e lve c o mpartmen ts o f equal siz e n ame ,

l y thi rty d e gre e s each .

But all b i rthpla ce s ar e n o t o n the equat o r an d

.
,

o wi n g t o the sphe ri c al sha pe Of t h e e arth an d t h e in

’
c l in at i o n o f the earth s ax i s the siz e s Of the h o u se s
,

vary m o r e an d m o re as w e appr o a c h the p o l e s so ,

that so me h ouses may have onl y twe lve o r fi ft e en de

gr e e s while o thers have m o re th an Si xty Se e page
, .

49 f o r a m o re detailed an alysi s .

Th e reaso n f o r thi s di vi si on Of the ear th i n to

h ouses may be co m prehen ded when we co n si der that
t h e Sun s ray s afl e c t u s d iffe re n tly i n t h e m o rni ng
’
,

at n o on an d at n i ght al so in sum m er an d wi n ter ; an d

,

i f we stu dy t he c au se we shall readil y se e that i t is

,

the an gl e at whi ch the ray stri kes us o r t h e earth

whi c h pro duces the d ifie re n ce in c fie c t . Simil arl y
wi th the stel l ar rays A stro l o gers have Ob serve d that
,
 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDI A OF ASTRO LOG Y 1 29

’
a chil d b o rn at o r n ear n o on when the Sun s rays
,

stri k e the b i rthp l ace fro m the Te n th H o use h as a ,

b etter c han ce o f advan cem en t in l i fe o ther thi n gs ,

be in g e qual than o n e b o rn after Sun d own f o r the

, ,

l at t er gen eral l y remain s a se r van t Therefo re they

.

say that the Ten th H o use d e termi n es so c i al p o sit i o n

a n d h o n o r but the Sixth H o use whi c h i s j u st bel o w

, ,

the West e rn h o rizon rul es servi ce an d e m pl o ymen t .

By simil ar Ob servati on s an d tabul ati on s i t h a s been

f oun d that the o ther p l an eta ry rays afie ct the vari o us
departm en ts Of lif e when thei r ray i s pro j ected
thro ugh the o ther h o uses an d theref o re ea c h ho use
,

Th e stud e n t will fin d
‘ ’
i s sai d t o rul e certain t hi n gs .

a di agram Of the h o uses an d t h e afiai rs rul ed by ea ch

o n page s 30 an d 3 1 .

Th e di vi si ons ho use s a re so meti me s cal l ed

of
‘
m un d a ne h o use s t o emp hasiz e tha t t hey are d iv
’

isi ons Of the earth ; an d the Si gn s o f the Z odi ac ar e

’ ‘
al so l oosel y sp o ken o f as the
‘ ’
house s o r ho m es Of ,

the p l an ets whi c h rul e them f o r in stan ce Vi rgo is

, ,
‘ ’
the h o use Of Merc ury Capri co rn is the h o m e o f
‘ ’
,

Hy l e g
A term by an ci en t A rab i an Astrol og ers t o
used
d esi gn ate the p oin ts in the ho rosc o p e whi ch are the
pri n ci p al fo ci of vi tal i t y an d heal th namel y the Sun
, ,
1 30 SI MPLI FI ED SCIEN TIFI C AS TROLOG Y

It e ds but l i ttl e argumen t t o sh o w that the

n e

grea t an d gl o ri o us reservo i r Of l i f e whi c h we ca ll t h e

Sun i s an i mp or t an t fa ct o r in the m att e r o f he al th ,

an d that t h e l e sser L i ght t h e M o o n h as d o mi n i on i n

, ,

this respe ct f o r sh e c ol l ects an d refl e cts the so lar ray

, .

A n d i t i s a matter o f c o mm on kn o wl e dge that sh e is

in so me way conn ected wi th gestati on an d p ar t ur i ,

t io n there f o re the Mo o n is the parti cul ar si g

, ,

ni ficat o r o f h e al th i n a w o man s h o ro sc o pe whil e the

’

Sun h as the stron gest in fl uen ce in a m a n s figur e ’

.

’
B o t h a re i m p o rtan t h owever f or if i n a man s fig
, ,

ure Satu rn is sq u are t o the Moon he w il l feel i t but

, ,
’
i f thi s c o n figurati on happe n s in a w o man s h o ro sco pe ,

sh e wi ll f e el i t m o re ; an d c on ver sel y Saturn square ,

t o the Sun i n a w o m an s ho r o sc o pe wi ll aff e ct her

’

heal th but n o t i n the same degree as i t will that Of

,

a m an when o ccurri n g i n hi s figure .

Th e rea son why the A sc en dan t i s desi gn ated as

a fact o r i n heal th an d vi tal i ty is n o t so apparen t u p

o n the surfa c e but when we re al iz e that the A sc e nd

,

a n t a t b i r t h i s t h e Mo o n s p l ac e a t c o n c e p t i o n t h e
’
,

reason i s Obvi o us f o r the M o on is the plan et o f f e

,

c un d at i on the f o cus an d refl ect o r o f the sol ar L i fe

,

fo rc es an d i f at the time o f con cepti on when the

, , ,

human see d atom was p l an ted sh e w as in a weak Si g n

-
,

l i ke Vi rgo the re is a fun dam en tal l a ck Of en ergy an d

,

vi tal i ty at the very start Of l i fe an d a c o nse qu e n t

,

l a ssitude whi ch afie ct s thro ugh al l the ye ars Of it s

exi st en ce the b o dy then begi nn in g t o germin ate
, .
 A PHI LOS OPHIC EN CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLOG Y 131

Thus, t o su m up , t h e Sun , M oo n an d A sce n dan t

are all i mp o rtan t Si gn i fica te rs o f he al th an d vi tali ty
f o r b o th se xes but the p osi ti on an d asp e cts o f the
,

M oo n are m o re i mp o rtan t t o a wo m an than tho se o f

t h e Sun an d As cen dan t an d t h e p osi ti on an d aspe c ts
,

Of the Sun are m o re vi tal t o the he alth o f a ma n than

the t wo o ther fact o r s .

In m o d e rn tim e s the w o r d H yl e g an d the d e s ‘

,
’

‘
i g n at i on Of the vit al p arts o f the ho rosc o p e as h y
l e g i a c al place s ar e n o t g e n e r al ly use d Th e wri te r
’
.

’
al ways speaks Of th e m as si g n ifica t o r s of h e al t h ‘
,

th e n e veryb o dy un derstan ds what i s m e an t an d i t ,

see m s senseless t o b e fo g t h e su bj e c t wi th myst e ri o us

terms when g oo d p l ain En gl i sh c on ve ys o u r mean

,

i n g so m u c h bett er I t sh oul d al so b e un derst oo d

.

that t o j udge an y sub j ect b e i t he al th weal th j oy , , ,

o r so rr o w o r an y o th e r thi n g that m ay be f all the ,

speci al si g ni fica t o r s gi v e o nl y a l i m i ted am o un t o f

in f o rm ati on TO Obtai n a real l y c o mpre hensi ve

.

kn o wl e dge e a ch su b j e c t m ust b e j ud g e d fr o m t h e
h or osco p e as a wh ol e .

I n for t un e s or Mal e fics

Mars Sat urn Uran u s an d Nep t un e f or
, , , ex p l an
’‘ ’ ‘
a t i o n see Go o d an d B ad .

I n fe r i or Pla n e t s
A stro n om e rs d esi gn a te Ve n us an d Mercury,
so

be c ause they al ways remain very cl o se t o t h e Sun ,

an d are n ever see n i n parts o f the h e aven s o pp osi t e

1 32 SI MPLIFI ED SCIEN TIFI C ASTROLOG Y

the Sun Th e i dea i n the min ds Of the astron o me rs

.

seems t o be that these p l an ets are i n l ea di n g stri n gs

so t o speak Th e e so teri c re ason f o r thei r pr o xi m i ty

.

t o the Sun will be f o un d on p age 1 0, whi ch se e .

I n t e l l e c t u al Zo d i a c
’
On either si de o f the ecli pti c o r Sun s path ar e
a n umber Of fixed stars w hi ch fo rm twelve gr o up s or
’
co nstellati on s th at are call e d si gns Of the Z o di ac
,
‘
,

n o t be cause they resembl e the ani m al s they are sup

po se d t o rep re sen t but because the i r i n fl uen ce h as

,

devel o p e d o r is still en gaged i n b r in gi n g o ut in us

,

t h e mai n c hara c t e risti cs e m b o d i e d in the ani mal sym

b ol. Th e b om b asti c arro gan c e t h e e n erg y an d c o ur
,

age whi ch c o me fro m A ri es c oul d n o t be better sy m

b ol iz e d than by t h e ram n ei ther c oul d the qui et but
, ,

prod i gi ou s st re n gth an d the stubb o rn persi sten ce

whi ch c ome fro m the di vin e H i erarchs wh o wo rk
with u s fro m the c on ste llati on Taur us be m o re aptl y
‘’
desc ri b e d than by t h e sym b o li c B u ll Th e c har
.

a ct e rist i cs o f the o ther si gn s must be i n terp ret e d i n

si m i lar t e rm s f o r t h e Z o di ac is t h e wom b of t h e so
,

l ar sy st e m ; an d so metime when we an d the myri ad s

Of o ther bein g s wh o are n o w evol vin g in our sol ar
syst e m have l ea rn ed all the l e sso n s o f thi s p hase o f

existen ce we al so sh al l for m a Z o d iac an d perfo rm

,

a Si mil ar servi ce f o r o thers as the twel ve Great Cre

at ive H i erarchi es ar e n ow d o in g f o r us .

‘
Th e se twe lve c on ste ll ation s ar e c al l e d t h e n at u
ral Zo d i ac ; they r emain al way s in the same rel ati ve
’
 A P H I LO SOPHI C E N CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLOG Y 1 33

p ositio n s at l east thei r m o ve m e n t is SO Sli ght tha t

,

c en turi e s e lap se w i th o ut appre c i able cha n ge i n th e i r

p o siti o n H e n c e we may u se a tabl e o f ho use s o ur

.

whol e li f e but we must buy an ephem eri s o f t h e

,
’
pl an ets pl ac es every y e ar .

Eve r y ye ar o n the 2l st Of Mar c h the Sun l eave s

the So uthern H emisphere, cro sse s t h e c e l e sti al equ a
t or, en ters t h e No rthern d e gre es o f l at itu de
an d

where he re m ai ns durin g the summ er But o win g .

t o a vibrat o ry m o ti on o f t h e p o les o f the earth c al l ,

ed n utati o n
‘
by astro n om ers the Sun c rosse s t h e
’
,

cel est i al equato r a l i ttle earl i e r ( p r e ce d e s) than i t

d i d t h e ye ar b e f o re an d as day a n d ni ght are Of
,

e qual l en gth at the p oin t whe r e the Sun c r o sse s the

celesti al equat o r o r equin o cti al thi s pre ce d e n t c ross ,

in g i s c all e d t h e p r e c e ssi on of t h e e qui no x

‘

I f there were n o prec essi on o f the equin o x t h e

Sun w o ul d always en ter the c o n st e l l a t i on A ri e s at
the vern al e quin o x but o n a cc o un t o f thi s ba ckward
,

mo ti on o f o n e d e gre e i n ab o ut se ven ty t w o ye ars the -

,

ve rn al equin o x o c curs i n the first degree Of P isc es

ab o ut 21 56 y e ars l ater A fter a sim il ar peri o d o f
.

tim e i t r e c e de s t o the first degree o f A quari u s an d so ,

o n thro u g h the c i r cle o f the twelv e si gn s i n ab o ut 25 ,

868 y e ar s A t t h e ti m e wh e n t h e Sun was i n Taurus

.
,

’
the Si gn o f the Bul l at the vern al equin o x t h e an
‘
, ,

c i en t Eg y pt i ans w o rshi p e d the sacred

’
Bul l A p is ‘

an d the i r pri e sts w o re t h e U raeus o r Se rp en t Symb ol

1 34 SI M PLIFI ED SCIEN TIFI C AS TROLOG Y

b e l o n gi n g t o Sco r p io , t h e S e r p e n t Si gn Op p o si t e Tau
r us, to i n di c ate
the i r p osse ssio n Of t h e eso teri c wi s
d om . Wh e n t h e Sun wen t in to A ri es by prec essi on
’‘
i t b e ca m e i d o latry f o r the ch w e n p e o pl e t o wo rshi p
'

the B ull o r gol de n cal f 3 the y l e ft Eg y p t an d p in

‘
,
’ ‘ ’

’
n e d th e i r fai th t o the l amb
‘ ’
o r r am whi c h w as th e n
‘

‘
sl ai n
’
But ac co rdi n g t o the es o t e ri c symb ol o f Li b
.

r a t h e sc al e s o f j ust i ce whi c h i s o pp osi te A ri e s he

, , ,

Shal l c o m e agai n as j udge I n A D 49 8 the Sun w as . . .

i n t h e first d e gre e Of A ri es at t h e e qui n o x an d in the ,

1 41 8 y e ar s whi ch have si n c e el ap se d i t h as r e c eded

n in e t e e n degree s f o rty t w o m in utes so that i n 1 9 1 6
,
-
,

the Sun c r o sse s the equat o r in t e n d e gr e e s e i ghteen ,

min utes o f Pi sc e s an d in the year 2658 i t will be o n

,

the c usp Of A qu arius D uri n g t h e 2000 ye ars whi ch

.

have e l ap sed Sin ce the equin o x c ame wi thi n o r b Of

Pisc e s t h e fish e s the r e l i gi o us ri te s have requi red
, ,

that the p e o ple an o in t the m se lves wi th the Pisc e an

Wa t e r at t h e d o o r O f the c hurch the Servi ce was per ,

f o rmed by a pri e st who se headgear was made t o r e

se m bl e t h e h e ad o f a fi sh an d th e y were c om m an ded ,

t o ab st ai n fr o m the eat in g Of meat at c ert ai n t im es ,

an d b ad e e a t fi sh i nst e ad They were al so taught .

t o wor ship an i m mac ul a t e Vi r g i n b e ca use Vir g o is

the si g n o p p o si t e thi s Pisc es; an d w o rshi p wi ll c on
t in u e tho ugh i n a decr easi n g d e gree u n t il the n e w
,

i de al e m b o d i e d in the Si gn A quari us an d it s Opp o si te

Si gn Leo h as supe r c e ded o rth o d o x Chri st i ani ty as

that h as take n the p l ace Of the e arl ier rel i gi o n s .

 A PHI LOS OPHIC EN CYC LOPEDI A OF ASTROLOG Y 1 35

Sin c e the mi ddl e O f l ast t y the A qu ari an in ce n ur

fl ue n ce f o cused by the equi n o x h as made i t self felt

, ,

be cause the Sun s o r b is SO l arge that i t to uche s the

’

c usp o f A quari us an d as a c o nsequ e n c e w e have h a d

,

a n un pre c ed e n ted awake ni n g Of th o u ght a n d a g al

ax y o f i n ven ti ons pre vi o u sl y un dream e d o f a s r e m ot

e st p o ssibil i t i es B u t as t h e y e ars g o o n the e q uin o c

.
,

ti al Sun will ill um i n ate o ur m in d s i n su c h a man n e r

a s t o j ust ify o ur gran dchi ldren i n Sp e aki n g Of thi s
“
as the dark age a n d wh e n i n the ye ar 2658 the , ,

’
Sun s ac tual en tran ce i n to A quari us ushe rs i n a n e w
age they wil l be j ustifie d in thi n ki n g o f the P isc ean
,

age a s we d o Of the tim e B C . .

We se e then that there is a na t ur al Z o d ia c c o m

,

p o se d o f the stati o n ary sta r cl usters A ri e s Taurus , , ,

etc . an d a shi ftin g Zo di ac whi c h st arts at the equi

, ,

n oc t ial p o in t n o matte r where in the c o n ste ll a ti ons

,

th at o c curs ; an d the fir st thi rty degree s fr om that

p o in t are called A ri e s the n e xt thi rty d e grees are
,

c all ed Taurus an d so o n , Thi s is the i n t el l e c t ual

.

Zo d iac .

Thi s m ay se em an arbi tr ary m ann er Of di vi si on

but i t i s a m atte r Of Obse r vati o n that tho ugh the equi
n ox actuall y o ccur s i n P isces t e n degrees at the p re s
e n t ti m e the Spri n g a cti vi ti es ascri b ed t o t h e Sun
,

in A ri e s c o mm e n c e at o n c e after the equin o x Th ere .

i s ho wever a bl e n di n g o f A ri es an d P i sce s whi ch a o

, ,
1 36 SI MPLIFI ED SCIENTIFI C AS TROLOG Y

co un ts f o r c ertain ev ol uti o n ary cha n ge s I n thi s con .

n e c t i o n the studen t is referred t o pages 26 an d 27 .

I n t e r ce p t e d

See arti cl e o n H ouses befo re r e adin g thi s

‘
In ’
.

t h e art i c l e o n H o uses i t is stated that Owin g t o the

‘ ’
,

Spheri cal shape Of t h e e arth an d the in c li n at i on Of

’
the earth s ax is, som e o f the m un d an e house s in the
hi gher No rth ern l ati tud es are o nl y twel ve o r fif t ee n
degre e s whi le o the rs ar e f o rty fif ty o r si xty d e
, ,

gre es l o n g But the si gns Of the Zodi a c ar e onl y

.

thi rty de grees an d i t therefo re f ol l o ws that in c ases

,

whe re a m un dan e h o use is ve r y l o n g o n e o r e ve n t wo ,

whol e si gn s may b e i n cl uded wi thin i t s c usp s In .

the h o ro sco pe Of Erm an C b o rn J an uary 25t h 1 9 12 .

,

at 3 A M i n Ogd e n I a we fin d 24 degr e e s o f Sagi t

. .
, .
,

tari ns o n the sec on d cusp a n d A qu ari us 1 1 o n t he ,

thi rd Thus the se c on d h o use i s fo rty seven degree s

.
-

l on g i n cludin g t h e wh o le Si gn Capri co rn wi th t h e
,

plan e ts M e rc ury an d Uran us an d an astro l o ger ,

woul d desc ribe the si tuati on by sayi n g that Cap r i;

co r n i s i n t e r c e p t e d i n t h e se c on d h o use
‘ ’
When he .

sp ea ks o f the plan ets i n thi s i n ter c e p t ed Si g n he says

tha t Merc ury an d Ur an us are i n terce pte d in Capri

c o rn i n the sec o n d h ouse .

W he n a Si gn is i n terc epted i n a h ouse t h e op p o ,

si t e si g n is al so i n t e r c e p t e d i n t h e Opp osit e h o use ;

c on sequ e n tl y we fin d Can cer i n terc epte d i n the

 A PHI LO SOPHI C E N CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TR OLOG Y 1 37

ei ghth h o use wi th Ne ptun e i n i t .

Regardi n g the in fl u e n c e o f i n tercepti on , we fin d

tha t whe n a plan et is in an in te r c epted Si gn it s i n
fl ue n c e is h e l d i n abeyan ce o r laten cy un til by p r o
g r e ssi o n i t m o v es o ut o f t h e in t ercep t e d Si g n Thi s .

te n den c y may b e so mewh at m odi fi ed by a stro n g as

peet o r a n umbe r o f min o r o r weak o n e s but an i n
, ,

t e r ce p t e d plan e t n e ver h as the same p o we r over t h e

l i fe as o n e that i s free .

La t i t u d e

I n A stro n omy , the di stan c e a pl an et is No rt h or

’
South o f the e cl i pti c o r Sun s p ath
, .

InGeo graphy the dist an c e a ci ty

, or pl ace is
No rth o r So uth o f the Equato r .

No t e— Th e d ist a n ce o f the h e ave n l y b o d i es No r t h or

So ut h f t h e c e l e st i al e qu a t or is n o t c all e d l at i t ud e
o ,

b u t D EC LI N ATI ON . Wh e n the Sun is at i t s hi ghe st

No rthern p o in t in the tro p i c O f Can cer we d o n o t ,

say that i t i s i n twe n ty three degr e e s o f No rth lat i

-

tude but that it is i n twen ty three degre s Of No rth

,
-

d ecl i na t io n.
‘
See D e cli n ati on ’
.

Lo g ar i t hms
We re o ri g inal l y in ven t ed by L o rd Nap ier t o m ake
ari thmeti cal cal c ul ati o ns ea sy They we r e l ater adapt
.

ed t o the d e c im al sy ste m an d are use d by ast r o n o

,
1 38 SI M PLI FIED SCIENTIFI C AS TROLOG Y

m e rs wh o c al cul ate di re ct i o n s by ar e But f o r cal .

c ul at i o n Of the pl an e ts p l a ce s by L on gi tude an d
’

i n relati o n t o t h e day o f twe n ty f o ur ho urs i t i s n e c

-
,

essa ry t o cal cul ate a Sp e ci al se t whi c h will be f ound,

i n t h e ba ck o f o u r e phe m e ri s By use Of the m m ul

.

t i p l i cat i o n i s perf o rmed by addi t i o n an d di vi si o n by ,

subtra ct i o n .

Lo n g A sc e nsion : Si g ns o f , See ‘
As censi on .
’

Lo n g i t ud e
Ge o graphy L on gi tude is m easured fro m the
In ,

Meri di an Of Green wi ch East o r Wes t o n the Equa

,

t or .

I n Astr on omy, the L on gi tude Of the pl an ets i s

measure d on the e cl i pti c o r Sun s p ath sta rtin g wi t h ’

t h e fi rst p o i n t o f A ri es at t h e vern al e qui n o x When .

the d istan ce is re cko n ed o n the equin o cti al o r cel e s ,

ti al e quato r i t i s cal l ed Ri ght A scensi on

Lor d
p l an et i s sa i d t o be L o rd o f the Si gns it rul es ;
A
‘ ’

e g Mars is L o rd Of A ri es an d Sc o rp i o ; Ven us is
. .

‘
L ady Of Taur us an d L i bra Se e D i gni t y an d Ex
’ ’
.
‘ ‘

Lum i nar ies Th e Sun an d Moon .

Lunar P er tain in g to
‘
Lun a ,
’
the Moon .

Luna t i o n
A l un ati on is a con j un cti on Of the Sun an d Moon ,
a
‘
Ne w Mo on .
’
I n our ephemeris all Ne w M o ons .
 A P HILOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDI A OF AS TROLOG Y 1 39

Full M oo ns, an d ecl i p ses are plainl y marked at the

hea d of the pages .

When a l un ati on f al l s wi thi n three degr e es o f an

aspect t o an y o f the pl an ets o r o th e r vi tal p o in t s i n

the r adi c al ho rosc o pe i t h as a m arked c fie ct up o n af

f ai rs d ur i ng t h e cur r e n t m on t h an d will easil y tak e
,

the p l ace o f an aspect o f t h e pro gre sse d M o o n whi c h

i s n eeded t o fructi fy the pl an etar y in di c ati on s then
in f o rce Even apart fro m pri mary di recti o n s if a
.
,

Ne w Mo on fall s in cl ose co nj un c ti o n wi th a m al e fic ,

i t wil l p r o du c e tro uble in mi n o r matte rs an d con ,

ve rse l y a lun ation whi c h fal l s o n t h e pla ce Of Ju

,

p i ter o r Ve n us wil l m ake th i n gs plea san t .

When a Ne w M oo n i s a sol ar ecl ip se i t pro duce s

fi r st the usu al cfiec t of a l un ati on duri n g i t s curren t
,

m on th if i n asp e ct with an y Of the radi c al plan ets

, ,

an d se con dl y Sim il ar e fie ct s duri n g the m o n ths o f the

,

f oll o win g ye ar when aspe c ts Of the same n ature are

fo rm ed wi th t h e p l a ce o f t h e e cl ip se That is t o say
.
,

if t he ecl ip se fe ll i n t h e twe l f th h ouse in Le o square ,

t o Mar s in Sc o rp i o in t h e thi rd ho u se then i t

, ,

wo ul d pro duce en mi ty wi th bro the r s an d Sist e rs dur

in g the m on th o f A u g ust wh e n t h e ecl i p se w as f o rm
ed I n No ve m ber when t h e lun atio n o c curs in Sc or
.

p i o m o re fu e l will b e add e d t o t h e fire by the squ are

wi th the e cl ip se I n Fe bruary whe n t h e Sun is i n Op
.

p o sition t o the e cli p se ther e will b e m o re tr o ubl e

fro m the same so urce an d al so in May whe n the l a st
,
140 SI MPLIFI ED S CIENTI FI C AS TROLOG Y

sq uare o c cur s Co n verse l y i f the in itial aspect o f the

.
,

e cl i p se is go o d m o re b e n efit will b e e xp e ri e n ced dur

,

i n g the m o n ths when se x t il e s a n d trin e s are f o rm e d .

Th e c yc le o f lun ati o n s is ni n etee n ye ars ; f o r e xam

p l e in Jul y 1 9 00 the l un ati on o c curred o n t h e 26t h
,

o f J ul y i n thr e e de g r e e s o f Le o an d i n 1 9 1 9 an o th e r
,

l un at i on will o c cur o n the 26 t h o f July i n th ree d e

g ree s o f Le o Thu s the studen t m ay cal cul ate the
.

l un at i o n s o f future ye ars wi th suffici en t a c curacy f o r

all practi cal purp o se s .

Ecl i p se s may al so be cal c ulat e d f o r fu t ur e years

in a sim il arl y easy ro ugh an d rea dy m an n er if the
studen t h as the ephe m e ri des f or p ast y e ars .

D uri n g her m on thl y c o urse the M o on zi gzags

acro ss the ecl i pti c an d at t h e c on j u ct i o ns o r Ne w
, ,

Mo ons i s gen erall y a n umber o f degree s away fro m

,

the ecl i pti c Un der such co n di ti ons we ha ve j ust an

.

o rdi n ar y Ne w M oo n . I n o rder t o have a t o tal solar

’
ecl i pse the M oon must be di rectl y i n t h e Sun s path
as seen fro m the ea rth an d the de cl in ati on o f the
,

Sun a n d M o on must b e pra cti ca lly t h e same ; al so the

m o o n must have pract i cally n o latitud e .

There ar e n ever l ess than t w o e cli p ses i n a year ,

an d they ar e so l ar n or ar e there e ver m o re than se v

,

e n but t hese e x tre me n um bers happen ver y sel do m

,
.

Th e usual n umber o f ecli p se s is fo ur ; t wo so l ar an d

t wo l un ar ecl ip se s an d they usu al l y com e i n pai rs
,

an d six m on ths ap a rt .Th e Ful l M oo n p recedi n g o r

 A PHI LO SOPHI C N CYC LOPEDIA
E OF ASTROLOG Y 141

f o ll o wi n g a lar e cli p se is usuall y a l un ar ecl i p se

so .

Al so i f o n e pai r o f e cli p se s o c curs i n February l oo k ,

f o r the o ther pai r i n A ugust .

Beari n g the ab ove in mi n d e cl i p se s in an y yea r ,

may be f o un d with fai r suc c e ss by the fo ll o wi n g sim

p l e rul e
Fr o m the yea r f o r whi c h e cl i p se s are wan t
e d subtrac t 1 8
, Th e r emi l t in g ye a r we wil l cal l the
.

‘
Eclip se Ye ar .
’

Search the Ecl ip se Year f o r Ne w an d

‘ ’

Ful l Mo on s whi ch are e cl i p se s No t e t h e ir d a t e s

.

o nl y .

I n the year previ o u s t o the

‘
Ecli p se Yea r , ’

n ot e date s an d z o di acal places o f the lun at io ns

the
whi c h o cc ur ab o ut el eve n days af t e r the dat e s o b
t a i n e d i n the Ecl i p se Year
‘ ’
The se are the date s an d .

p l ace s Of ecl i p se s i n the yea r wan t ed .

In te st the si mpl e rul es o f thumb here

o rder to
gi ven l e t us im agin e this is the yea r 1 9 10 an d that
, ,

we wan t t o fin d t h e first sol ar e cl i p se o c curri n g i n

19 1 5 We take an ephemeri s f o r 1 89 7 whi c h i s
.

e i ghteen y e ars earl i er than 19 1 5 an d l oo k f o r t h e ,

first sol ar ecl ip se .

We fin d a sol a r e cl ip se on the 181: of Febru ary

1 89 7 .

cer t ain the date an d degr ee o f the Zod iac in

To as

whi ch thi s ecl i p se wi ll fall in 1 9 1 5 we l oo k f o r in ,

142 SI MPLIFIED SC I EN TIFIC ASTROLOG Y

fo rmati o n i n the ephem eris f o r 1 89 6 whi ch is , on e

year e arl i er than the Ecl i p se Y ear 1 89 7

‘ ’
.

There we fin d that t h e first Ne w M o on whi ch oc

curred a ft e r February 1 st fell in the a fte rn o on o f ,

the 1 3th o f February i n twen ty f o ur degre e s n i n e

,
-
,

tee n m in ut es o f A quari u s an d we the re fo r e j udge

,

that there will b e a so lar e cl i p se o n t h e 1 3t h o f Fe b

r u ar y 19 1 5 i n twe n ty f o ur de gree s n in eteen mi n
-
,

utes o f A quarius .

A fter c omp l et in g cal cul ati on s we cease t o

o ur

m ake bel i eve ab o ut l ivi n g in 1 9 1 0 an d take up the ,

ephe m eri s f o r 19 15 t o se e i f o u r rul es have give n the

ri ght resul t ; an d w e fin d that a solar e cl i p se di d o c
cur o u the m o rn in g o f the 14th o f February 19 1 5 in ,

A quari us twen ty fo ur d e gr e es f o rty t w o m in utes

,
-
,
-
,

pro vi n g the rul e t o have gi ve n an essen ti all y c or

‘
Se e Transits
’
re ct re sul t . .

Mal efics
Mars Satur n Uranus
, , an d Nep tun e . Se e Go od
‘

’
an d B ad .

Mascul i n e Sig ns
Ar ie s Ge m in i Le o Li bra Sagi ttariu s an d A qu ar
, , , ,

i us a r e c all ed Mascul in e The se in cl ud e the fi er y

.

t r ip l i ci t y A ri es; Le o an d Sagittari u s an d the a ir y

, ,

t r i p li ci t y Gem ini L i bra an d A quari us

, ,
Th e femi .

n in e si gn s in cl ude the e ar t h y an d wa t e r y tri pl i c iti e s .

 A PHI LOS OPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLOG Y 1 43

Earth an d
water ar e n e g ati ve an d i n ert but ,

acted up on by the p osi t i ve e l e men ts Th e win ds st i r .

the waters o f the o ce an an d vo l c an i c fire s shake the

e arth . Theref o re t h e fiery an d a i ry si gn s are cal l ed
Se e Femi n in e Si gn s
’
m ascul in e
‘
. .

M e r id ia n :

an d So uth p o l e s o ver t h e face o f the e a rth A s thi s .

l i n e run s di r e c tl y No rth an d So uth al l p l a ces l o ca t ,

Se e H o uses
‘ ’
e d the re o n have n oo n at the same ti me . .

Mid h e ave n o r Z e n i t h :,

Th e p o in t i n t h e sky d i re c tl y o verhead When

, .

i t is n oo n t h e Sun i s i n t h e M i dhe aven

,
I t i s usual l y .

Se e H o uses
‘ ’
wri tten M C . . .

Mo va b l e Sig n s .

A ri es Can cer L ibra an d Cap ri c o rn

‘
, ,
Se e Car .

’
d in al Si g ns .

Mu n d a n e H o use s a nd M und a n e A sp e c t s
,

Se e H o uses
‘ ’
.

Mu t ual Re c e p t i o n :
’
Se e Recepti on
‘
.

Nad i r , or I m m um Co e l i , usua l l y wr i t t e n I . C ’
.

Th e p o in t in the he ave n s di re c tly ben e ath the

b i rthpl a c e o pp o site the o the r si de o f the earth I t .

is t h e p o i n t o pp o si te t o t h e M i dheaven Th e Sun i s .

there at Mi dn i ght Se e Mi dheaven an d H o uses ’

‘ ’ ‘
. .
144 SI MPLIFIED SCI ENTIFIC AS TROLOG Y

Na ti vi t y
Th e am e as H o r o sc o p e an d Radix ; a map o f
s
‘
,
’ ‘ ’

the he aven s c ast f o r the m o m en t o f b i rth Se e .

Fi gure
‘ ’
.

Na t ur al Zo d ia c Se e I n t e ll e ctu al Z o di ac
‘
.
’

Ne b ul a e
Cl o udytar cl usters wo rl d s i n the m aki n g Thr e e
s , .

o f th e m are kn o wn t o hav e a n i n im i c al e ff ec t on the

Se e Fix ed Stars
‘
e ye si ght
’
.

No d es See D rago n s H e ad
‘ ’ ’
.

No r t h e r n Sig ns
A ri es, Taurus, Gemi n i Can cer Le o an d Vi rgo
, , , .

So cal l e d be c ause the Sun i s i n the se si gn s when he

i s ab o ve the e quato r in the Sprin g an d Summer .

Nu t a t i o n
A vi brato ry m o ti on o f the ax i s o f the earth whi ch
i s re sp on si ble f o r the pre c essi on o f the equi n o x See .

‘ ’
I n te ll ectual Z od i a c .

‘ ’
Obl i qu e A sc e ns io n : Se e As ce n si o n .

Oc cid e nt al
Western When the Sun o r p l an et s have p assed
.

the Zen i th Mi dheaven o r n o on mark the y begin t o

, ,

se t to w a rds the Weste rn h o ri z o n there f o re the p l an

,

e t s i n the n i n th e i ghth an d se ven th ho u se s o f the

,

h o ro sco pe are sai d t o be o c c i den tal o r We stern a n d

‘ ’
,

pl an et s in t h e t wel fth , el even th an d ten th ho uses

 A PHI LOS OPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF ASTROLO GY 1 45

whi c h are ascen di n g fro m the East ern h o ri zo n t o the

Mi dheave n as t h e Sun d oe s in the f o ren o o n ar e sai d
, ,

t o b e o ri e n tal o r Eastern
‘ ’
.

But whe n t h e Sun se ts in the p l ace where we l i ve ,

i t ri se s o n an o the r part o f the wo rl d represen ted by

the sixth fifth fo urth thi rd se co n d an d fi r st h ouses
, , , ,

o f o u r h o ro sc o pe an d du ri n g that t im e i t i s al so o r
,

i e n t al a n d o cc i d e n tal t o the i r Mi dhe av e n whi ch c o r

, ,

r esp on d s t o o ur Na di r Wh en i t rises f ro m the i r

.

East e rn ho riz o n whi ch is o u r d escen dan t thr o ugh

, ,

the sixth fifth an d f o urth h o use s it i s c alled o r i

, ,

e n tal an d when it graduall y set s to wards th e i r

,

We stern H o ri z on whi ch i s o ur A sce n dan t i t is c al l e d

, ,

o c c i den ta l .

The re f o r e p l an ets in the twel fth e l e ven th te n th

, , , ,

si xth ,
fifth an d f o urth ho use s are c all ed o ri en tal
, ,

an d the plan et s i n the o ther six h o u ses are cal l ed o c c i

de n tal o r Western .

Op p osi t i o n :
When t wo p l an ets are i n the same degree of op
‘ ’
p o sit e si gn s th e y are sa i d t o be in Opp o sit i o n
, . Se e
’ ‘
Asp ect an d Or b
‘ ’
.

Or b :
Pl an ets f o rm a sp ect s whi c h hum an af i n fl uen ce
fai rs when they are in the sa me degre e o f t h e Z o di ac ,

o r a certai n n um ber o f d e gr e es apart But i t h as .

been f o un d that the i nfl uen c e is fel t even when pl an

e t s ar e n o t exa c tl y the req ui red n umber o f degree
s
 146 SI MPLI FIED SCIEN TIFIC AS TROLOG Y

apart Thus a plan et h as a subtl e sphere w hi c h

.

mak e s i t eff ecti ve b e fo re an exact a spe c t i s f o rm ed ,

an d af t e r i t h as be en di sso l ved an d t hi s
Is c al l ed i t s
,

o rb .

Or bi t Th e p ath of a p l an et aroun d the Sun .

Or b i t al Re vo l u t i o n :

Th e revo lut i on o f a p l an et i n i t s o rb it aro un d the

Sun Th e t i m e o c cup i ed by the o rb i tal revo lut i o ns
.

o f al l the p l an et s is gi ven on p ag e 7 .

Or i e n t al
Ea st e rn , se e
‘
Occi d e n tal ’
f or e xp l an at i o n .

Par a l l e l
Th e
a sp e ct f o rm e d betwe e n t w o plan e t s wh e n they
are i n t h e sam e degre e o f d e cl in ati o n e ith e r No rth or ,

So uth o f the ce l e sti al e quat o r Se e page 7 5 . .

Par t f For t un e
o

A p o i n t i n t h e h o ro sco pe whi c h o pp o ses o r f av

o r s t h e fin an c i al f o rtun es a cc o rd i n g t o the a spe c t s i t

r e ce i ves fro m t h e plan e ts Th e phil o so phy an d t h e

.

m e tho d o f c al cul atin g i t a r e gi ve n o n page 6 0 e t c .

To pro ve whe the r t h e P art o f Fo rtun e i s ri ghtly

‘ ’

c al c ul at e d o b serve wheth e r the d i stan c e fr o m the

,

Sun t o the Mo o n equal s t h e d istan ce fr o m the Aseen

dan t t o the P art o f Fo rtun e
‘
.
’

Ph y si cal A p p e ar anc e
Th e phy si c al typ e i s d e termi n e d by f o ur prin c i pal
facto rs The se are the As cen da n t o r Ri sin g Si gn
.
,
 A PHILO SOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDI A OF AS TROLO GY 147

whi ch represen ts the bo dy the L o rd o f the A se en

,

dan t Ri sin g Pl an ets n amel y p l an ets in t h e first

, ,

h ouse part i cul arl y when the y are i n the si gn o n it s

,

c u sp, an d the Si gn c o n ta in in g t h e Sun No te h ow .

ever that the Sun m ust have so me stren gt h in the

,

matters o f p o si ti on an d aspe ct s in o rder t o bri n g in to

evi den c e the physi c al c hara cteri sti cs o f it s si gn Th e .

ab o ve e l e m e n t s are arran ged in the usu al o rder o f thei r

i m p o rtan ce . The i r bl en din g d e termi n es whether a
perso n be tal l o r sho rt dark o r fai r an d all hi s ot he r
, ,
“
physi c al pe cul i ari tie s See Message o f the Star s
.
!

f or a m o re detail ed expl an ati on o f thi s matter .

Pl an e ts
Th e heavenl y b o di es o f Go d ’
s A mbassado rs whi c h
ci rcl e ab out the Sun .

A s m an i s ma de i n the i m age o f God wh o is th r e e ,

f ol d i n mani festa tion so astro l o gi cal l y the hi gher

, ,

se l f in m an is represen te d by a c i rcle wi th the c e n

tral p o in t de n o tin g the hi ghe st sp i ri tu al aspe ct the ,

D i vi n e Sp iri t whose facul ty i s W ill Ther e fo re the

.
,

Sun st an ds in the h o rosc o pe as the hi ghe st e xpressi on

o f the i n d i vi dual se l f I t den o te s the p o si tive o ut
. !

go in g in fl ue n c e in m an hi s c haracter in the hi ghe st

,

se n se o f t h e w o rd .

Th e sy mbo l o f the pl an et Ven us is a ci rcl e ab ove

the cross I t den o te s wisdo m whi ch i s n o t m e re i n
.

t e ll e c t u al i t y but In tu i ti on an d I m agin ati on

,
H en ce .
,

the n ature o f Ven us is esse n ti al l y l o ve an d i t i s the ,

148 SI MPLI FI ED SCIENTIFIC AS TROLOG Y

c em en tin g in fl uen ce in the li fe whereby we a re at

tracte d t o o the rs f or mutual be n e fit ; al tho ugh Ve n us
in an d o f herse l f is n o t con cern ed with mutu al ben e
fit it bein g h e r n ature t o attra ct o thers an d tha t
, ,

go o d co mes by her is o nl y an in ci den t .

Th e p l an et Jup i ter is sy mbo li ze d by the hal f c i r -

cl e ab o ve the c ross I t de n ot e s the human sp i ri t

.
,

whose f acul ty is abstract th o ught Therefo re the .

,

plan et Jup i te r stan ds f o r t h e hi gher min d t h e mi n d ,

that is un c o n c ern ed with mat e ri al thin gs an d ex ,

pr esses i tself in ab stra c t tho ught as r el i gi on phil , ,

oso phy an d the hi gher sci en ces .

Mars i s the o pp osi te o f Ven us I t is symb ol ize d .

by the c ro ss ab o ve the ci rcl e so that whil e it is V e n

,

us s n ature t o unse l fishl y l o ve an d t o gi ve t o o thers

’
, ,

i t i s the n ature o f Mar s t o desi re f o r se l fish en d s I t .

therefo re den o tes al l the o utgoin g en e rgy o f t h e l o w

e r n ature t h e d e si re bo dy the passi on al an d em o ti on
, ,

ai aspect o f m an whi c h c auses hi m t o wo rk o utwa r d s

,

in the w o rl d t o o ve rco me o bst a cl es an d t o gather ex

,

p e r i e n ce .

Saturn i s the Opp o si te of Jup i ter, the cro ss o f

matt e r ab o ve the hal f ci rcl e den o ti n g the brai n min d
-
.

I t i s that whi ch gi ves persi sten ce t o the i mpul ses o f

Mars an d sym bo li zes t h e rel ative l y perm an en t par t
,

o f the l o wer n ature that whi ch h as been we i gh e d an d

,

fo un d t o be o f use I t is therefo re sy m bo l i cal o f

.
, ,
’
the se ed at om s o f Man s l ower vehi cl es wh e r e in are
-
,

st o r e d t h e e xp eri e n c es o f al l p ast l i ves H en ce Sat .

,
 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDI A OF AS TROLOG Y 1 49

um den o tes the mech an i c al ab il i ty the c h asti ty an d,

j ust i c e ; t h e perseve r an ce an d materi al attai n men ts

whi c h have been made i n t o vi rtue s thr o ugh hi s purg
i ng infl uen ce . H e stan ds as the reaper o f the thi n gs
that have b ee n so wn i n t h e b ody an d as such he ap ,

pears o ft e n in the l i fe t o c hastise us f or the wron g we

h ave d o n e ; n o t van d al i st i c al l y but i n o rd e r th at we
,

may l ea rn the l essons o f h ow t o ac t ri ghtl y .

Th e Moo n is the refle ct io n the Sun Th at t o

of .

ge ther wi th the A scen dan t de n o te s the fo rmati on Of

,

the physi cal b ody the Moo n b e in g p arti cul arly the
,

symb o l o f the vi tal b o dy an d the A sc en dan t the si g

,

n ific at o r o f the dense b o dy H en c e these t wo stan d

.
,
’
f or th at whi c h i s m an s t oo l i n a cti on ; the m ost per
feet p art o f hi s n ature but at the same time the
, ,

m o st evan e scen t Th e Mo on is therefo re the very

.
, ,

an tithesi s o f the Sun Th e latter i s a fixed star

.
,

whil e the Mo on is the m o st mi grat o ry o f the he avenl y

b od i e s .

Th e three l ast n amed pl an ets are the si g nifica

to rs o f the l o wer n ature in m an the pe rso n al i ty as , ,

o pp osed t o the i n di vi du al ity sy m b o l i z e d by the three

,

first n amed pl an e ts ; an d these t wo tri an gl es are c on

n e c t e d by the plan e t si gni f yi n g t h e l o wer c o n c rete

mi n d n amely Mercury Th e symb ol o f that p l an et

, .

h as i n i t all three co n st ituen ts Of p l an e ta ry sy m b ol

i sm the ci rcl e the hal f ci rcl e an d the crow showi n g
, ,
-
,

i t t o have n o n at ure o f it s own but t o be a vehi cl e

,
1 50 SI MPLI FIED SCIEN TIFIC AS TROLOG Y

f or t h e expressi o n o f the o the r p l an et s When Mer .

c ury i s wel l p o s i ted with r e fere n ce t o Ven us we have ,

th e r t ist i c p oeti cal mu si cal an d l i te rary typ e o f

a , ,

min d Fo r i t is f ro m Ven us t hat the vi br atio ns c ome

.

whi c h e xpress the m selves in al l art .

Whe n Me rcury is we ll pl ac e d i n rel ati on t o J up

i te r we ha ve the phil oso p hi c al an d sci e n tifi c m in d,
,

the rul er an d the l aw g ive r b o th in chur c h an d state

-
, ,

wh o wo rks f o r the goo d o f al l .

When M e rcury i s we ll p osi te d wi th re gar d t o

Mars we have the m an o f ac ti o n ; the m an w h o ai ms
,

at the materi al devel o pmen t o f the wo rl d s reso urce s ’

i n a smal l o r l arge way as a sh o pkeeper st o reke epe r

, ,

an d all o th e r ways where i n o th e rs a re exp l o ited f o r

p e rson al be n efit f o r M ars i s as al re ady sai d the ah

, , ,

t it h e si s o f V e n us an d t h e emb o di m en t o f sel fi sh de
,

si re .

Mercury i n asp e ct t o t h e Mo on h as n o si g nific

an ce as the M oo n itse lf is a re fl e cto r ; exce pt where
,

i t i s an e vi l asp e c t c o m in g fro m a card in al Si gn o r

el evati on Th e re it i s apt t o pro duce i n san ity
. .

I n the f o re g o i n g o nl y t h e e ssen ti al n atures o f the

,

pl an ets have b e e n given Wh e re the y are well as .

p e ct e d by an o ther pl an et these n a t ural cha racterist

i cs are en han c ed so far as t h e b e n e fic pl an et s ar e c on
ce rn ed but wh e n evill y aspected the n ature o f V e n
, ,

us whi c h i s wi sd o m l o ve an d rhythm wil l bec o m e

, , ,

f o lly li cen ti o u sn e ss an d sl o th ; t h e p hi l o so phy l aw

, , ,

ab i din g ten den c i es mercy an d l o fty asp i rati ons of

,
 A PHI LO SOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDI A OF ASTROLOGY 1 51

Jup i ter wi l l tur n in to l awl essn ess di sre gard o f ,

o ther s an d l o w pursui t s ; the l o fty sp i ri tual ity o f

,

the Sun will e x p r m i tsel f as j ust an im al sp i ri ts an d

p hysi cal heal th I n r e ga rd t o the p l an ets o f the l o w
.

er n ature g o o d a spects t o Mars turn the desi re s t o

,

ward s c o n struct ive o bj e c ts an d well regul at e d a ct iv

i ti e s whi l e the e vil asp e c ts ar e re sp o n sibl e f or the
,

destru c ti ve exp r e ssi on o f the d esi re n atur e Sat ur n .

,

whe n well asp ect e d gives t he me ch an i cal an d e x e c u

,

ti ve abil ity that is ca pabl e o f di rect in g the d e si re

n ature I t sho ws the br ain y perseveri n g m an wh o
.
,

i s able t o c o pe wi th an d co n quer materi al o b stacl e s ;

the o rgan i zer an d pro m o t e r ; the scie n tific in ve sti ga
t o r wh o fol l o ws al on g mate ri al lin es
, As i t is the .

an ti the si s o f Jup i t er i t wi l l be re ad il y seen tha t as

‘

Jup it er wel l asp e c ted de n o tes the hi gh min ded phil

, ,
-

os0 p h e r the w o rthy l aw gi ver the sin c ere an d arden t

,
-
,

p ri e st in fact all wh o have hi gh an d l o fty asp i ra

, ,

ti o n s so Saturn whe n evil l y aspec ted den o te s t h e

, , ,

na rro w m in d e d c re ed bo un d secta ri an
-
, the materi al
-
,

ist the an ar chi st an d the en emy o f so ci ety whether

, , ,

o f t h e c hur c h o r st ate As Jup i ter give s the l o fty

.
,

p e ct e d , gives the sarcasti c co n crete , an d n a rro w t e n

d e n ci e s .

Uran us : Be si des the seven pl an ets al r e ady m en

t i o n e d t wo o thers a re i n o ur syste m Ur an us an d
, ,

Nept un e Uran us m ay b e sai d t o be t h e o ctave o f

.
1 52 SI MPLI FIED SCI ENTIFIC AS TROLOG Y

Ve n us havi n g h e r na tur e i n a mu ch mo re subtl e de

,

gre e ; i t s attracti o ns are so sp i r i tual that they can

n o t be f elt by the o rdi n a r y m an in the pro per m an

ne r, an d he th e r e fo re m o re re adil y resp o n d s t o the

,

e vil si de o f Uran us I t is the pl an et whi c h rul es the

.

ether an d when i n asp ect ; t o M er cury o r i n the As

, ,

c en d an t o r wi th the M o o n i t pr o duce s a t o u c h wi th
, ,

t h e f o rce we kn o w as e l e ctr i city I t s Operati o ns ar e

.

al ways ve r y sudde n an d as manki n d r e sp o n ds t o i t s

,

evil si de as al rea dy stated thes e e fl e ct s sh o w them

, ,

sel ve s part i c ul arl y in the f o rm o f d i sa ster .

Neptun e the o ctave o f Merc u r y A s Merc ury

is .

is the l i ght bea rer f o r the physi cal Sun so i s Ne p

-
,

tun e the l i g h t b e ar er o f t h e sp i ri tu al Sun call e d V ul ,

can am o n g oc cul ti st s whi c h is see n bac k o f t h e vis

,

i bl e Sun Naturall y t herefo re st ill f e wer am on g

.
, ,

human it y ar e c ap abl e at all o f bein g afl e ct e d by i t ,

save that i t pr o du c es a c ha o t i c stat e o f mi n d when

p l a ced in e vil asp e c t When placed in an gle s an d

.
,

p ar ti cul arl y i n e l evati ons n ea r the Mi dheaven it p r o ,

duc es Occul tists an d Myst i cs o f t h e hi gh est stamp ;

but when pla ced i n caden t houses i t b ri n gs me di um ,

shi p at b e st an d o fte n insan i ty

, I t i s the hi ghest
.

strin g in the l yre o f t h e soul o f Go d an d i s therefo re ,

the l east used an d the on e t o get most easil y o ut o f

,

tu n e A st rol o gers are the m ost afie ct ed by it an d

.
,

tho se musi ci an s wh o use strin ge d instrumen ts

 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDI A OF AS TROLOG Y 1 53

Pl an e t ar y H o ur s
That the plan ets have do mi ni on o ver the days o f
the week whi ch repre sen t t h e se ven c reative days ,

( P eri o ds) is taught by t h e Rosi c ruci an s .

Saturday is Saturn ’
s day an d c o rre sp o n ds to the
Saturn Pe ri od
’
Sun day is the Sun s day an d co rresp o n ds t o t he
Sun P eri o d .

’
M o n day is the M oon s day an d co rresp on ds to the
M oo n P e ri o d .

Tue sday i s the day the No rse war g o d Ty r an d

of -
, ,

c o rr esp on ds t o the Mars half o f the Earth P eri o d

-
.

Wedn esday i s the day Of the No rse Mer cury ,

W o tan an d c o rresp on d s t o the Mercury hal f o f t h e

,
-

Earth P eri o d .

Thursday i s the day o f Tho r the No rse Jup it e r , ,

an d co rr e sp on ds t o the Jup i ter P eri o d .

Fri day i s the day ofthe No rse Ve n us Fre i a , , an d

c o rre sp o n ds to the Ven us P e ri o d .

In additi on t o the rul ershi p o ver the days of the

we ek the pl an ets have dom ini o n in t urn o ver t h e
,

h o urs o f t h e day an d the un derlyi n g system o rder

, ,

an d c o nn e c ti o n betwee n t h e rul e r shi p o f the days

an d h o urs be co me appare n t wh e n i t is n o te d t hat :

Th e p l an et f or whi ch an y day is n amed rul es t h e

fir st h o ur aft er sun rise o n that day .
1 54 SI MPLI FIED SCI ENTIFIC AS TROLOG Y

Sta rt in g wi th the h o ur u ri se o n Sun day

of s n

whi c h is rul ed by the Sun the n ext hour is al l o tte d

,

t o Vb n us the thi r d t o M e rc ur y
, Nex t c o m e the
.

hours o f the M oo n Saturn Jup iter Mars

, , Then , .

c o me o ther h o urs rul e d by t h e Sun by Ven us an d ,

al l t h e o ther plan ets i n the o rder gi ve n : Sun V e n ,

u s Mercu r y M oo n
, Saturn Jup i t er Mars
, , , Thi s , .

su cc e ssi o n is f o ll o wed i n un b rok e n seque n c e t o t h e

n ext Sun day m o rni n g wh e n Mars r ul e s t h e l ast h o ur

o f the week i n h is p ro per o rder an d the Sun o p e n s

the n e w week wi th hi s b en e ficie n t ray .

Un der thi s arran gemen t u c s c essi on

sta rted at
of

sun r i se o n Sun day, t h e M o o n rule s the first h o ur o f

M on day whi c h is the twe n ty fif t h fro m the h o ur o f

,
-

t h e Sun whi c h rul ed Sun day m o r n i n g .

Mars rul e s t h e first ho ur o n Tuesd ay whi ch is the

twe n ty fif t h h o ur fro m the h o ur o f t h e Mo o n whi ch
-

r ul ed M o n day m o rn in g .

An d thro u gh t h e o ther days o f the week

so on , .

Thi s sh o ws h o w the m etho d o f n am i n g the days f o r

t h e Pl an e tary Sp i ri t s whi ch have d o mi n i on o ver
th e m d o veta il s wi th the syst em o f plan etary h ours
, ,

a n d b o th are r o o ted i n a f o un dat i o n o f e so ter i c kn o w

l edge .

When we speak o f pl an et ar y h o urs i t must be ‘

,
’

un de rst oo d that these h ours are n ot sixty m in ut e s i n

l e n gth but var y i n a wi de m eas ure wi t h t h e t ime o f
, ,

the year an d the pl ace o f y o ur re si den c e Near the

, .
 A PHI LO SOPH I C N CYC LOPEDIA
E OF AS TROLO GY 155

equat o r the d ive rge n ce i s l e ast ; an d i t i n c r e a ses the

f u rther No rth we g o be c ause a plan e ta r y h o ur i s o n e
twe l fth p art o f the tim e b e twe e n Sun se t o n a par
t i c ul a r d ay an d Sun rise the n e xt m o rn i n g o r i t i s ,

o n e tw e l fth part o f a p a rt i cul ar day be gin n i n g at

Sun ri se an d en di n g at Sunset .

A t the equin o x e s whe n the day ght are o f a n d ni

e qual l e n gth the plan e tary h o urs a r e al so si xty mi n

,

ut e s ea ch but at m i dsumm er an d in l atitude sixty

,

whe re the Sun ri se s at 3 A M an d se ts at 8 P M g i v

. . . .

in g a d ay o f seve n t e en an d a ni ght o f o nl y se ven

h o urs the plan etar y h o urs o f the day are ni n ety t w o
,
-

m in ut es l on g again st twe n ty se ve n m i n u t es f o r t h e
-

n i ght h o u rs Thi s i s reverse d i n D e c em ber f o r the n

.
,

the Sun d o e s n o t ri se til l A M i n lat i tu de sixt y . .

No rth an d i t se ts at P M wi th t h e re sul t that

. .

t h e pla n etary ho u rs o f t h e day are tw e n ty se ven mi n -

ute s l o n g an d the n i ght h o urs n i n e ty t w o m i n ute s

,
-
.

Fo r the v e n i e n ce o f studen t s we gi ve i n t h e
c on

ba ck o f thi s b o o k six tabl e s ea c h u sabl e f o r t w o

,

m o n ths i n the year by all wh o l i ve i n lat itud e 25 t o 55

No rth o r So u th thi s b e in g p ra cti c all y the wh ole
,

c i vil iz e d w o rld Th e y are perp e tual an d may be

.

use d a l i fet im e .

To fin d whi ch pl an et rul e s cert ain h o ur l o o k at

a ,

yo ur ti m e p i e ce an d c o n sul t the tabl e f o r t h e cu r re n t

m o n th Run y o ur i n d e x fin g e r d o wn t h e c o l um n f or
.
-

the l atitude i n whi ch y ou l i ve St o p whe n y o u c o m e

.
1 56 SI MPLIFIED SCI ENTIFIC AS TROLO GY

to the fi rst ti m e whi ch i s LATER than the t ime i n di

c at e d by y o ur wat c h M o ve up o n e st e p Th e f i g
. .

ure f o un d th e re i n di cate s that t h e plan etary rul er

c om m e n ced t o r ul e at that time an d wi ll c on tin ue in
p ower till the time at whi c h y ou fi rst st o pped .

Th e H o ur rul ers are fo un d at the in terse cti o n Of

-

the l in e c on tain i n g the t im e at whi c h they c omm e n c

ed t o rul e an d the c ol umn o f the pro per day o f the
week .

To ill ustr ate if we wan t t o fin d whi ch p l an et

,

rul es i n l atitude 40 on Thursday at 2 P M duri n g . .

D ece m ber we r un o ur i n dex fin ge r d o wn t h e mi ddl e

,

c ol umn o f latitudes in t h e ta bl e f o r D e ce m b er an d ,

st o p at P M whi ch i s the first figure tha t is

. .
,

l a t e r than we desi re We then m o ve up a ste p t o .

P M an d then c e t o the ri ght st o pp in g at the

. .
,

c o lum n o f Thursday There we fin d M a rs an d kn o w

.
,

that that p l an e t rul es f ro m to P M on . .

Thu rsdays duri n g D ecember and Jan ua ry in l ati

, ,

tude s 35 t o 45 .

Regardi n g the use o f t h e pl an et ary h ours an y ,

o n e wh o h a s stud i ed t h e n ature an d in fl u e n ce o f the

vari o us plan ets o n the aff ai rs o f li fe may re adil y

f o rm an o p in i on Exp e ri m e n t an d ob se r vati on wil l
.

so o n m ake an yo n e p ro fi c i en t i n the cho i c e o f the b est

t i m es f o r d o i n g the thi n g de si re d wi t h t h e best

c han ce o f suc cess There are man y wh o drag the
.

sta rs i n t o the g utter by pe r ver t ed use o f thei r i n flu

 A PHI LOS OPHI C N CYC LOPEDI A
E OF AS TROLOGY 1 57

e n c e f o r sel fish e n ds an d en deavo r t o Obt ai n an un due

,

ad van ta ge ther e by b ut studen ts o f o ur l i te rature

,

will n o t expe ct t o fin d advi c e o n h o w t o pro ce ed wi th

su c h a purp ose . We have n o t studi ed t h e m atter
from that an gle an d wo ul d n o t tea c h o the rs h o w if ,

we kn e w . B u t o n certai n o c casi o n s t h e plan eta r y

h o urs may b e j u stly an d b e n e fic e n t l y use d an d we ,

shal l try t o i n d i c a t e h ow the y may be o f se r vi c e .

Su pp ose we wan t t o he lp a fri en d t o o btai n e m

pl o ym e n t an d kn o w a plac e where he w o ul d fit in
, .

We r e m e m ber that the Sun i s a Si g ni ficat o r o f th o se i n

auth o ri ty an d th e re fo re the h o urs o f the Sun are
go od i n whi c h t o tran sa c t bu sin e ss wi th an d a sk
favo rs o f su c h p eo ple ; an d y o u w ill have the b e st
c han c e o f su c c e ss i f y o u apply at those t i m e s .

But i t ab o is i mp o rt an t t o re mem be r that the

plan e t whi ch r ul e s t h e first ho ur Of a gi ve n day h as
p r i m e r ul e rsh ip durin g tha t e n ti re d ay a n d t h at t h e
,

o the r p l an e t s ar e o n l y sub si d i ary r ul e rs wi th the day

r ul e r . Th e y ar e wea ken e d o r stren g t he n e d i n p r o

p o rti o n t o the agreem en t o r disag r e em e n t o f the i r
n ature s wi th the n ature o f the d ay rul e r -
Thu s if .

y o u sel e c t a Sun h o ur on Sat ur day whi c h i s ti n ge d

-
,

wi th the o b st ru ctive Saturn in e infl uen ce y o ur c han c ,

e s o f su c cess ar e n o t n earl y as goo d as i f y o u sel e c t a

Sun h o ur o n a Thur sd ay whi c h is tin g e d thro ugho ut

-
,

wi th the ben evol e n t ray o f i t s day rul e r Jup ite r

-
, .

Or if y o u have o c casion as a matt e r o f duty , t o

,

reason with so meo n e wh o h as a ver y sho r t te mper ,

1 58 SI MPLIFI ED SCIENTI FIC AS TROLOG Y

wh o , y o u kn ow, is apt t o re se n t i t an d sa y o r d o som e

t hin g that y o u w il l b oth wish t o avo i d , use t h e c o ld
wet b l an ket o f the Satur n h o ur o n Satur n s day if
-
’

p ossi ble , t o put d own an d qu en ch the m arti al sp i ri t .

Th e dan ger o f a rupt ur e will the n be m in imi zed t o

a wo n derf ul exten t an d y o u will pro bably b o th won
,

der wi th pleasan t retr o sp ecti on h o w well i t wen t OK .

Or if i t beco m es n e ce ssary t o sti r som e o n e wh o

,

h as fal l e n in to hab i ts o f i dl e n e ss where fro m o the rs

are m ade t o snfi e r i f it seem s al m ost n e c essar y t o
,

buil d a fire un de r hi m t o m ake hi m m o v e c o m p o un d ,

t h e fire an d en ergy o f M ars as a day rul er wi th hi s -

i n fl ue n c e as an h o ur rul e r by tal ki n g t o hi m o n Tu es
-
,

day H e wil l heed th e n if i t is at all p ossi ble t o g e t

.

hi m star t ed .

By usi n g the p l an etar y h our s o n the l in es h e re

l ai d d o wn f o r the p u rp o se o f un sel fish servi c e y ou
, ,

may c o nf er a grea t m an y bl essi n g s o n o the rs an d l ay

up much treasure f or yo ursel f in h e aven wher e n e i
th e r m o th n or r ust wil l c o rrupt ; an d it i s wel l w o rth
rememberi n g that h owever m uch materi al advan tage
y o u may ga i n by u si n g su c h kn o wl edg e that m ate ri,
al
gain p o wer p ositi on m on ey an d al l o th e r thi n gs
, , ,

that pertain t o thi s wo rl d a r e l eft behi n d when d e ath

cal l s an d that o ur g o o d d e e d s a l o n e st and b y us i n
,

that h o ur Therefo re d o n o t soo fi but i f y o u wan t

.
,

t o use the se stel l ar in fl u en c e s u se them so that th e y

,

wi ll brin g y ou everl astin g instea d o f onl y temp o rary

gai n .
 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLOG Y 1 59

Pl e ia d e s : Se e
‘
Fi xed Stars .
’

Pr e c e ssio n
A backward m o vem en t o f the vern al equi n o x ,

whi c h i s a very i mp o rt an t facto r i n hum an a ff ai rs .

Se e I n tell e ctual Zo di a c
‘ ’
.

Pr og r e ssio n : See
‘
D i r e cti on s an d Tran si t s .
’

Pr i m ar y D ir e c t io ns : Se e
‘
D i re cti o n s an d Tran sits .
’

Rad i cal
P e rta in in g t o the h o rosco p e at b i rth Se e Transi ts .
‘
.
’

Rad ix : Th e h o rosco pe at b i rth . Se e

‘
Tran sit s .
’

Re c e p t io n
Plan e ts are in
‘
mutual recepti on when each o ccu ’

p i e s the h o use rul ed by the o ther ; as Ve n us in A ri e s

a n d Mar s i n Taurus Th e e ff ect depen ds o n the agree
.

men t b e tween the n ature s o f the plan e ts Wh e n Mars .

i s in the Mer curi al si gn s Gemi n i o r Vi rgo an d Me r cur y

i n the Marti al si gn s A r ie s o r Sc o rp i o the dyn ami c ,

e n ergy o f Mars i s i nf used in to the m e n t al o rgan i za

t i on o f that person wh o o n that acco un t bec omes m o re
al er t m e n tall y Whether thi s al ertn e ss man i fe st s
.

errati call y o r al on g o rderl y l in e s depen ds up o n the

’
aspect s Of c o urse ; al l the mutual recepti o n d o e s is
‘

t o gi ve the en er g y I f Saturn is in the Merc uri al

.

si gn s Gem in i o r Vi rg o an d Mercury i n the Saturn in e

,

si gns Capri c o rn o r A quari us t h e restrain i n g han d o f,

n
1 60 SI MPLIFIED SCIENTI FIC AS TROLOGY

Saturn is l ai d up on the fli g h t y Mercur y wi th the r e

sult that the mi n d gai ns i n depth an d p o wer o f co n

cen trati on , but whether this men tal cap ac ity will be
used f or go od o r ill depen ds on the a spe ct s the sam e
,

as in the case Of Mars When Ven us an d Jup i ter are

.

‘
in m utu al re ce pti on an d wel l aspe c te d i t sm o o ths
’
,

the path o f li fe mo st w on derfull y Everywhere the .

perso n wh o h as this c on figurati on wi ll fin d peo pl e

ready t o help an d man y fri en ds but c on ve rsely
, , ,
’
whe n Saturn an d Mars are in mutual rec e pti on an d
‘

affli cted he wh o i s so un f o rtun ate will meet rebuff

,

a n d e n m i ty o n every h an d .

I t sho ul d n ever be f o rgo tten h o wever that o ur

, ,

h oro sco p e sh o ws wh a t we h a ve mad e o f o ur se l ve s i n

p ast l i ves, an d he wh o h as the c on figurat i o n t h at at
tra c ts fri e n d s must have be e n kin d an d o bl i gin g ,

whil e he wh o draws o ut the m ean si de o f human

n ature an d makes en em i e s i s hi mse l f se l fis h an d un

fri en dl y But i f h e will stri ve t o turn fro m hi s ways

.

an d make so me sa c r i fi c e f o r o thers he wi l l al so in
,

t ime o verc o m e the un d e si rabl e aspe ct s f o r the Star

-
,

An gel s are n ot mal i ci o usl y ben t up on sco urgi n g an y

on e . They o n l y sc o urge t o subdue an d c o rrect o ur
faul t s an d make us better So metim e we shall al l
.

b e l ovin g an d l o vabl e an d then there will be f o r us

,

n o m al e fic i n fl uen ce .

Re t r o g r ad a t i o n
Se e c hapter on Retro gr adat i on an d it s e fl e ct s p 72
.
 A PHI LOSOPHI C ENCY CLPEDIA OF AS TROLOG Y 1 61

Rig h t A sce nsio n : Se e

‘
Ascensi on .
’

Rul e r
Th e Rul er a ho r o sco pe i s that pl an et whi c h h as
of

greate st do mi ni on an d infl uen ce o ver the l ife an d t o ,

whi c h the n at i ve mo st re adi l y resp on ds .

Other thi n gs be in g equal the L o rd o f the As cen d

,
.

an t is the Rul er But if an o ther pl an et is stron ger

.

in the matters o f El evati on D i gni ty o r Exal tati on

, ,

P ositi on in an A n gl e an d Aspects then that pl an et

, ,

must be regarded as the Rul er But f o r thi s t o hol d, .

the asp ects mu st be cl o se an d str o n g regardle ss o f ,

whether they are g oo d o r bad Go o d a spe cts will .

make a go o d Rul er bad aspects a bad on e an d wi th

, ,
'
o ut afi e ct in g the f act o f rul ershi p i n e i ther c ase :
When t wo plan e ts are ab o ut equal In stren gth an d
p o siti o n they must be classed as co rul ers
,
-
.

I n the c ase o f a H o u se the L o rd o f the si gn o n

, ,

the c usp i s i t s Rul er Wh e re there i s an in terc ept

.

ed si gn i t s L o rd h as al so part i al rul ershi p o ver the

,

ho use altho ugh it i s in feri o r in thi s re spect t o t h e

,

p l an et whi c h rul e s the si gn o n the cu sp Thi s r ul e r .

shi p o f an i n ter c epted si gn i s l aten t an d i s n ot

brought o ut un t il by pro gre ssi on o f the an gles the i n

t e r ce p t e d si gn arr i ve s at t h e c usp o f the h o use .

Pl an e ts in a h ou se if asp e c t e d will o rdin aril y have

, ,

a grea ter infl uen c e up o n i t s afiai rs !t han the rul ers

o f the si gn s befo re me n t i on ed I n thi s c ase such
.
,

pl an ets may be termed cO rul ers o f the h o use

-
.
1 62 SI MPLIFI ED SCI EN TIFIC AS TROLOG Y

Se c o nd ar y D ir e c t i o ns
’
Se e D i rect i ons an d Tran sits
‘
.

Se p ar at i n g
When a p l an et whi ch h as been in aspect wi th
a n o ther m o ve s o n ward an d thus dissol ves t h e asp ec t ,

i t i s sa i d t o b e se parati n g fro m that asp e ct Se e .

A ppl y .

Se x t il e
When t wo p l an ets are sixty degrees apar t they are
sa i d t o be in se xt il e so cal l ed be cau se si xty degrees
,

are o n e six th part o f the ci rcle whi ch h as 360 degree s .

I t i s co n si dered a go od aspect Se e Go o d an d
‘ ’ ‘ ’
.

‘ ’ ‘
Bad al so A spect
,
’
.

Sh ort A sce nsion : Se e

‘
Ascensi on .
’

Sid e r e al D ay
Isthe tim e whic h el ap ses betwee n t wo successive
pa ssage s o f a fixed star o ver the meri di an o f a gi ven
‘
p l ace Se e chapter o n Ti me p 1 8
.
’
.

Sid e r e al Ye ar
Is the peri o d o f ti me whi ch el ap ses between a
c o n j un ct i on o f the Sun wi th an y fix ed star an d i t s r e

turn again t o the same c onj un ctio n .

Si g n ifica t or
Th e P l an ets
As ce n dan t Mi dhea ve n P a
,
rt o f Fo r
,
,

tun e an d rth e D ragon s H ead an d Tal l are c al l ed

’

Si g n ificat or s b e cause thei r pl ace s an d aspects in

‘ ’
,
 A PHI LOSOPHI C ENCY CLPED IA o r AS TROLOG Y 1 63

the h o r o sco pe have a ce rtain si gn ifican t bearin g up on

the aff ai rs o f l i fe .

Sig ns
Th e gn s o f the Zod i ac are di visi ons of the h e av
si

e n s beginn in g at the vern al eq ui n o x Th e first t hi r ty .

degrees are call ed A ri es the n ex t Tauru s Ge mi ni , , ,

Can c er ,Le o Vi rgo L ibra Sc o rp i o Sagi ttari us,

, , , ,

Capri c o rn A quari u s an d P i sce s

,
.

Th e se si gn s are as sai d m ea su red fro m the verna l

, ,

eq ui n o x a fl uc tuati n g p o i n t an d are n ot t o be c on
, ,

fu se d wi th the twel ve c o n st e l l ati o n s o f fixed st ars

whi c h bear the sam e n am e s n o r wi th the twel ve ,

ho uses o f the h o r osc o pe whi ch a re divi si on s o f t h e

earth Se e In tel l ectual Zo di ac an d H ouse s
‘ ’ ’ ‘
.

Sol ar D ay
Is t hetime whi ch el ap se s bet wee n t wo su c c e ssive
passage s o f the Sun o ver the meri di an o f a gi ven
p l ace Se e c hapter o n Ti me p 18
.
’ ‘
.

Sol st i c e
This wo rd is co mp o un ded the t wo w o rd s sol of ,
‘
,
’

the Sun an d Si st e rs t o make t o stan d ; thus un der

,
’ ‘
,

sto o d i t de scri be s ni ce l y wha t happen s at the sol st i ce

, ,

f o r a sol st i ce i s a p o i n t at whi ch the Sun is i n i t s

hi ghest p o in t Of decl i n at i on an d furthest fro m t h e
c e l est i al equat o r There it stan d s o r re m ai n s f o r
.

three d ays in the twen ty thi rd degree o f decl in ati on -

befo re i t begi n s t o descen d to ward s it s n o de .

1 64 SI MP LIFIED SCI ENTIFI C AS TROLOG Y

The re
are t wo so lsti ce s On e i n mi dsummer the .
,

21 st o f Jun e whi c h i s the l on gest day in the year

, ,

an o th e r on the 21 st Of D ec e m ber whi ch is the sh o rt ,

e st. They are call ed resp e cti vel y, the sum mer an d
the win ter sol sti c e .

So ut h e r n Sig ns :
L i bra, Sco rp io , Sagitta ri us, Capri c o rn , A quari us
an d P i sc es a r e c all ed So uthern Si gns b e cau se wh e n

the Sun is in them . he is So uth o f the cel est i al equa ~

t or , an d as a resul t we i n the No r thern hemi sp h e re

have Win ter .

Squar e
When t wo pl an et s are n in ety degr e e s apart they
are sai d t o be in square o r q uart il e because ni n et y ,

d e gr e e s are o n e f o urth o r quart e r o f the c i rcl e This

-
, .

‘ ’
asp ect is sai d t o be bad the p l an etary rays stri kin g
,

ea c h o ther at a ri ght an gl e an d ther efo re bein g at ,

’
See Aspects an d Go o d
‘ ‘ ’ ‘
c r oss purp o ses as i t were .
,
’
an d Bad .

S t at ionar y
At tim es p l an ets m o ve o bli quel y with referen ce
’
t o the earth s o rbi t in suc h a m an n er as t o appear
,

sta t i o n ary th o ugh as a matter o f fa c t they are al

, ,

way s m ovin g See chap ter on Retro gradati on p 72

.
‘ ’
.

Suc c e d e n t H o uses
Th e sec on d , fift h , ei ghth an d e l even th h ouses are
call ed succeden t, b e cause they succeed or f oll o w the
‘ ’

An gl es .
 A PHI LO SOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDI A OF AS TROLOG Y 1 65

Sup e r i or Pl a n e t s
Mars Jup ite r Saturn Uran u s an d Neptun e are
, , , ,

so cal l ed by Astr o n o m ers be c ause they m o ve i n o rb it s

whi ch take them t o part s o f the heave ns far fr o m

the Sun Th e term i s u sed in c on trad i sti n ct i on t o
.

’
th at o f i n feri o r p l an ets as appl i ed t o Ven u s an d
‘

Me r c ury whi ch al ways remain n ear the Sun Se e .

page 1 0 .

Sy m b o ls
Th e s ymb ol s Of the pl an ets ar e gi ve n on page 24 ,

a n d i t will be n o t i c ed that t hey c o nsi st Of a c i rcle a ,

hal f c i r cl e an d a cr o ss vari o usl y gr o uped Th e c i rcl e .

i s the sy mbo l o f the sp i ri t the half c i r cle i s the e m

,
-

bl e m o f t h e so ul an d the c ro ss repre se n t s matter

, .

Thus the e l e m e n t s o f t h e human c o n stituti on Sp i r i t , ,

So ul and B o d y a r e e n f o ld e d i n the c o m p on en t p arts

o f the plan etary symb o l s t o Sh o w t o the My st i c the i r

mi ssi o n wi th re spect t o human i ty These el em en tary

.

part s are vari o usl y gr o up ed t o i n di c ate t h e n ature

o f the p l an et f o r whi ch they stan d an d it s O ffic e i n ,

the Gr eat Scho ol Of Li fe wh e re Go d h as p l a c ed us

un der the Pl an eta ry Sp i ri t s wh o are en deavo rin g t o
educate us i n the D i vin e Wi sd o m .

Th e Su n, as ymb ol in di c ates i s the cen t r e o f

it s s

all sp i ri tual facul t i e s the f o un tai n o f all l i fe

, .

Th e Mo on ymb ol is a hal f ci rcl e Sh o win g that

’
s s -
,

we have c o mp l e ted the arc Of i n vol uti o n where b odi e s

were buil t an d that n ow the esse n ce o f ex peri en ce
,
1 66 SI MP LIFIED SCIENTIFI C AS TROLOG Y

ex tracted fro m these vehi cl es mu st be transmuted in

t o sp i ri tual qual i ti es by the al che m y Of so ul gr o wth -
.

SO that we may ri se o n t h e arc Of ev o l uti on .

M ar s sym b ol i s a c ro ss a b o ve t h e ci rcle sho wi n g

’
,

the un rege n erate m an wh e r e the c r o ss o f perso n al i ty

,

is ab o ve the c i rcl e Of sp i ri t . But by tram p l in g the

hi gher n at ure un der f o o t the mart i al character e n a

g en de rs war an d strife durin g wh i c h he n ec e ssari ly

,

suff ers eve n whe n he i s vi ct o ri o us Thus by rebuffs

.
,

the n ature is gr aduall y so ft e n ed .

Ve n us : Wh e n t h e marti al n ature h as suff ered

suffici e n tly the sp i ri t c i rc l e gradually a sc e n ds ab o ve
,

the cr oss o f the perso n al ity an d thus bec o mes the

symb ol o f Ve n us the p l an et Of l o ve
, .

Sa t u r n a nd J up i t e r have sym b ol s whi c h are simi

l ar l y i n di c at i ve o f t h e man n er i n whi c h so ul g r o wt h -

is f ost ered . I n the symb o l o f Saturn the cro ss o f

perso n al ity i s ex al te d ab ove the Si gn atu re o f t h e so ul ,

the half c i rcl e Soul gr owt h i s attain ed by Servi c e

-
.
-
,

but the symb ol Of Saturn sh ows p l ainl y that the per

son un der hi s rul e i s m o re ready t o be se r ve d than

t o serve an d i s se lfish an d Ob st r u cti ve Of t h e c o mm on

,

go o d Naturall y o thers re se n t thi s tra it o f c haracter

.
,

an d ther e f o re Saturn brin gs so rr o w tr o uble ,

w o rry ,

an d d i sapp o i n tme n t i n o rde r t o tea c h us that we c an

n ever reall y se r ve o ursel ves by sel fi shn ess but o nl y ,

by sacri fice .

Jup i t e r : Whe n i t h as graduall y dawn ed up on us

th r o ugh much so rr o w that sel fi shn e ss i s as a Shel l
,
 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLO G Y 1 67

ar o un d the so ul whi c h shuts u s o ff fr o m o thers we ,

begin sl owly t o cul tivate the quali ty o f ben evo l en c e ,

an d gradual l y the hal f c i r cl e o f the so ul r i se s ab o ve

-

the cr o ss o f matter an d beco mes the symb ol o f Jup i

t e r the phil an thro p i st an d fri en d Of m an
, I t the n .

si gni fies on e wh o l o v es al l an d o n e wh o i s equal l y the

favo ri te of go ds an d m e n .

M e r cur y : Though the l east in the Ki n gd o m Of

God , the So lar System , i t is ve rth e l ess o f t h e gr e at
ne

e st imp o rtan c e o n a cc o un t o f its infl u e n c e up o n b ody

, ,

so ul an d sp i ri t whi c h i s Sho wn by the fa c t that i t s

,

symbo l c on ta in s all the c o mp on e n t parts o f the p l an

e t ar y sym b o lism n amel y the ci rcl e ha l f c i r cle an d
, , ,
-

cro ss This i s because in t h e mi n d al l are l in ke d t o

.

gether in on e whol e physi c o sp i ri t ual o rgan ism call ed

-

MAN Wi th out Mercur y thi s c o ul d n o t be

. .

Mercury is n eutral ho wever an d i t depen d s up on ,

the in dwelli n g Eg o rep rese n ted by the cen trall y p l ac

ed ci rcl e whether it wil l use i t s divi n e attri butes Of
ch o i c e an d free wi l l t o asp i re heaven ward f or so ul
-

gro wth as sym b ol i zed by the si gn ature o f the soul ,

the h al f c i rcle p l aced ab o ve the c i rcl e o f sp i ri t o r

-
, ,

wh e the r i t will sto o p t owards the cro ss Of person al ity

bel o w the c i rcl e an d wall o w in the mi re o f w o r l dl i
n ess . NO c reature h as su c h di vin e p o ssib ili ti es as
m an n on e may asp i re hi gher an d c on verse l y n o n e
, , ,

may fal l l o wer Thi s struggl e between the hi gher an d

.

the l o wer n atur es f or m astery sy m b ol ized by the h al f

,
1 68 SI MPLIFIED SCIENTIFIC ASTROLOGY

circl e an d the c ro ss whi c h a r e pla ce d ab o ve an d bel o w

the c i r cl e i n t h e sym b ol Of M e rc ury w as w e ll v o i c ed
,
“
by Go e the in the lin es Of hi s i m m o rtal Fau st !

where the hero says

“ ’
Tho u by o n e sol e i mp ul se art p o sse s d ,

Un c o n sci o us Of the o ther still rem ai n .

Tw o so ul s al as are h o u se d wi thin my breast ,

A n d struggle there f o r un di vi d e d rei gn .

On e t o the e arth wi th passi on at e de si re ,

A n d cl osely cli n gin g o rgan s still adhere s ,

A b ov e the mi sts t h e o ther d o th asp i re ,

Wi th sacred ard o r un t o purer spheres .

Ta bl e f H o use s
o

A table c al cul ated t o Sh o w what si gns an d d e gre es

O f t h e Z o di a c are o n each o f the cusp s o f the twel ve
mun dan e ho u ses at an y time dur i n g an y day o r n i ght
i n the year .

A ta bl e o f h o uses i s al ways t h e same f o r a

ce rtain degre e Of l atitude an d i t may be used f o r a
,

l i fetim e as i t de al s wi th the fixed stars whi ch Sho w

n o apprec i abl e m o ti o n i n a hun dred years .

Tr a n si t s
At
the m omen t a chil d i s b o rn the p o si ti o n s o f the
pl an et s Show the ten de n ci es Of the l ife Tho se p o si
.

ti on s co nstitute the Radix an d an ythi n g that h as

‘
,
’

referen ce t o that Ro o t o f all eve n ts is call ed radi

‘ ’ ‘

’
c al Thus the radi c al Jup it e r refers t o the p o si
‘ ’
.
,

ti o n o f Jup iter at a c ertain perso n s b i rth

’
.
 A PHI LOS OPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLOG Y 1 69

D uri n g the n ext twen ty thi rty o r sixt y days a fter

,

bi rth the plan ets m o ve o n an d make certain asp e c t s

t o the p o siti o ns he ld by them at b i rth Ea ch o f the se
.

days c o rr e sp o n ds t o a y e ar o f l i fe an d t h e a spe ct s
,
’
f o rm ed by t h e p r o g r e ssio n o n t h e twe n ti e th day
‘

after bi rth will o p e rate t o bri n g ab o ut e v e n ts in the

tw e n ti eth year Th e aspe ct s fo rm ed o n the thi rty
.

fif t h day after b i rth wi ll det e rm i n e the In fl u e n c e s i n

‘
t h e thi rty fif t h year an d so o n
-
The se a r e c alled p r o
.

g r e sse d p o siti o n s an d asp e c t s Thus i f so m e o n e says

’
.
,
“
my p r o gr e sse d Sun w ill b e tr in e t o my r ad i cal J up i
!
ter whe n I am fo rty he mean s that f o rty days after
,

hi s b i rth the Su n had p r o gre ssed t o a trin e aspect

with the p o si ti o n Of Jup ite r at h is b i rth an d that ,

there f o re thi s will o perate in hi s f o rti e th year t o

bri n g ab o ut e ven t s o f a f o rtun ate n ature bec ause ,

the aspe c t an d the pl an ets are what is c all e d g o o d .

A s the span Of li fe i s usual l y n ot m o re than seven

t y years the p l an e tary p osi ti o ns aft e r seve n ty days
,

fr o m b i rth d o n o t have as marked an eff e c t a s de

sc ri b e d i n the f o reg o i n g paragraph but they have
,

n everthel e ss an appr e ci abl e i n fl uen c e o n the li ve s Of

man kin d a c co rdin g t o thei r n atures But be c ause

, .

Of t h e rap i d tran si t m ade the e ffec ts are ephemeral

, ,

even in the case o f the Sl o wer plan ets These m ove .

men ts o f the p l an et s are call ed Tr ansi t s ‘’

.

Th e y are fo un d i n the ephem eri s f or the curren t

year That i s t o say i f y ou wan t t o kn o w what p l an
.
,
'
e t s t r ansi t the d ifie r e n t h o uses o f yo ur h o r o sc o p e i n
 .

1 70 SI MPLIFIED SCIEN TI FIC AS TROLOG Y

1 9 1 6, y o u fin d
them o nl y i n the ephemeri s f or
ca n

Th e rad i c al an d pro gr e sse d p l an ets

‘ ’
that year .
‘ ’

are al l in the ephemeri s f o r the year y o u were b o rn ,

but the transi ts f o r 19 20 f o r i n stan ce c an o nl y be

‘ ’
, ,

foun d in the ephe me ri s f o r 19 20 .

L un ati o n s o r Ne w M o on s an d ecl ip se s are am on g

, ,

the m ost i m p o rtan t t r ansi t s The i r e fie ct i s d escri b .

c

‘
e d un d e r l u n at i o n s whi ch se e Next i n i mp o rtan c e
,
’
.

are the transit s o f the Sup e r io r plan ets thr o ugh the
ho use s Th e ten th ho u se si gni fies so ci al hon o r When
. .

Jup i ter transit s i t every twel fth ye ar th ere wil l be ,

o pp o rt un i t i es f o r so c i al advan c em e n t ; when Saturn

c o m e s th e re o n ce in thi rty years l o o k o ut f o r se tba cks ,

an d exert y o ur wil l t o o verc o m e th e m ; a n d y o u may

j udge in l ike m ann e r ab o ut t h e o the r plan ets an d

h o uses .

Tr in e
Wh en t w o p l an ets are 1 20 d e gree s apart the y ar e ,

sa i d t o be i n tri n e b e c au se 1 20 d e gree s i s o n e thi rd

,

part o f a ci rcle Thi s is c onsi dered the m o st harm on

.

i ou s o f all aspect s .

Tr ip li ci t i e s
Th e gn s o f the Z o di ac are vari o usl y gr o up e d t o
Si

Sh o w certa in o f the i r qual i ti es One metho d se gr e .

gates them in t o fo ur gr o up s Of three si gn s e ac h e ac h ,

gr o up havi n g affini ty f o r o n e o f the elem e n ts : Thus

A ri e s Le o an d Sagi tta ri us are fi e r y
, Taurus Vi rgo .

an d Capri c o rn are e ar t h y Gemin i Libra an d A quar.

,
 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF ASTROLOG Y 171

i us are ai r y , an d Can cer, Sco rp i o an d Pi sc es are

wa t er y . The se f o ur gr o up s c on st i tute the f o ur Tri
p li ci t i e s .

Th e fiery tri pl i city has i t s apex i n the Ea stern

an gl e A ri e s where the c reati ve fire c o mmen c e s t o
, ,

p ro du c e a b o dy f o r the sp i ri t t o fun ct i on i n in the

materi al w o rld Th e seco n d an gle o f thi s trini ty is
.

in the fifth h ouse whi ch den o tes the man n e r in whi c h

,

the creati ve f o r ce will be used o n the physi cal plan e

f o r p ro creati on I t i s the refo re the ho use o f chil
.
, ,

dren o cc up i e d by the fie ry Si gn Le o Th e l i n e Of
, .

fo rce runn i n g fr o m the Eastern an gl e in the o the r

di rect i o n Sh o ws the use t o whi c h the c re ati ve fo rc e
is put in the m in d I t is therefo re o c cup i ed by t h e
.
, ,

fi ery Si g n Sagi ttari us an d placed in the ni n th ho use ,

whi c h den o te s the hi gher mi n d .

Th e earthy tri an gl e h as it s rise i t s ap ex in the , ,

ca rdi nal Si gn Capri c o rn whi c h co rre sp on ds t o the,

ten th h o use de n o tin g the extern al e n vi r onm en t the

, ,

pro f essi on al an d so ci al stan din g o f the person ; an d

as thi s tri pl i ci ty i s earthy i t d e al s e n t i rel y wi th the
,

materi al aff ai rs o f the n ative Therefo re o n e l in e .

,

o f f o rce go es fr o m i t t o t h e six th h o use whi c h i s un ,

der Vi rgo a busin e ss Si gn ; hen ce thi s ho use de

,

n o te s the servi c e whi c h i t i s exp ected that t h e perso n

sh o ul d perf o rm i n the w o rl d Si n ce thi s ser vi ce i s .

as much dep e n d e n t up on b o dil y h e al th as me n tal

capaci ty thi s h ou se i s al so the ho use o f si ckn ess Th e

, .

o ther l in e o f f o rce p roc eedin g fro m Capri c o rn t o the

,
1 72 SI MPLIFIED SCIEN TI FIC AS TROLOG Y

thi rd si gn Of the earthy tri pl i ci ty d e n o tes the e m ol u

,

men ts whi ch will b e re c e ived f o r the servi c e re n dered

acc o rdin g t o t h e si x th h o use an d in the capa ci ty d e
,

n o ted by the ten th h o use The re f o re the se c on d h o u se

.

rul ed by t h e si gn Tau rus i s the h ou se o f fin an c e ; an d

’
as o n e s freed o m o f act i o n d e p e n ds t o a de gree up on

the state Of his fin an c e s thi s h ouse is al so cal l e d the

,

H o use o f L iberty .

Th e ap e x o f the ai ry tri pli cit y i s i n the W e stern

an gl e o c c up i ed by the c ardin al si gn L ibra whi c h i s ,

rul ed by the plan et o f l o ve V e n us Thi s tri pl i city

, .

i s th e re fo re c o n c ern ed wi th t h e d iffere n t u n i o n s p o s
sibl e i n huma n l i fe .Th e se ve n th h ouse where i t ri ses
pro perl y den o te s the m o st i n tim at e o f all th ose
un i o n s marri age
, . Fro m that un i o n o ther relat i on ,

sh i p s r e sul t a n d ther e f o re
, on e l in e o f f o rc e go es
f ro m t h e seve n th h ou se t o t h e thi rd h o u se o ccup i ed ,

by Ge m in i t h e twi n s This h o u se theref o re d e n o tes

, .

bro th e rs an d si sters Th e o ther l i n e o f f o r ce c onn ects

.

the seven th h o u se wi th the el even th Si g n i fyin g the ,

un i o n s o f fri en d shi p .

Th e watery tripl i city tak es it s ri se i n the n o rth

e rn a n gl e o cc up i ed by the c ardi n al Si gn Can cer ,

whi c h i s t h e h o use o f my ste ry d e n o ti n g t h e l att er

,

part o f l i fe t h e p o i n t wh e r e the sp i ri t i s ge ttin g re ady

,

t o wi thdraw i tself fr o m mat e ri al e xi sten c e t o take up

the act i vi ty o f the sp i ri tual wo rl d s I t i s th e ref o re
.

c onn ec t e d wi th the e i ghth h o use the h o u se o f dea th

, ,

whi ch i s o c cup i ed by the Si gn Sc o rp i o I t i s si g n ifi .

 A PHI LOSOPHI C EN CYC LOPEDIA OF AS TROLOG Y 1 73

can t in the hi ghe st de gree that thi s is the n egati ve

h o use o f Mar s an d that i t rul es the creati ve o rgans
, .

I t p oin ts o ut in the m ost tho ro ugh m ann er the evan ,

e sc e n c e Of a ll that is created i n t h e physi cal w o rl d .

Th e o th e r l i n e o f f o r c e pro ceedin g fro m the f o ur th

ho use go e s t o the Si gn Pisce s o c cupyi n g the twel fth
,

ho use Pisces whi ch i s c om p o se d o f t w o hal f ci rcl e s

.
,
-

a n d a ban d sh ow s well the dual n ature o f m an th a t

,

h as r un i t s c o urse i n t h e physi c al w o rl d but h as an ,

o th e r ev ol ut i o n t o b e taken up in un seen real ms Thi s .

ho use the r e fo r e den o te s the c on fin e m en t i n whi ch

, ,

the sp i ri t re al izes that i t is at the e n d o f l ife the ,

so rr o w i t f ee l s an d the se l f un d o i n g t o whi c h i t i s
‘
-

so m e t i m e s pr o mpted .

‘
Tr o p iko s i s
’
a Gre e k w o rd whi c h h as a mean in g
rel ative t o turn in g an d the tro p i cs o f Astron o my are
,

t h e t urn in g p o in ts o f the Sun A t t h e sum m er sol

.

st i ce the Sun r e a c h e s i t s hi ghes t d e gre e o f No rthern

D e cli n ati o n in t h e Si gn Can c er ; thi s then i s i t s t r o p i C ,

f o r fr o m that p oin t i t begi n s t o turn d own wards t o

i t s We stern n ode an d g oe s in t o So uthern D e cli n
,

ati on I t r e a ch e s t h e l owe st p o in t o f that ar e in D e

.

ce mb o r at t h e wi n t e r So l st i c e i n the si gn Capri c o rn .

Thi s i s the o ther t r op i c f o r the re agai n i t turn s an d

,

c o m m e n ce s i ts n ext a sc en t t o wards the No rt he rn

heave n s .
1 74 SI MPLIFI ED SCIENTIFIC AS TROLOGY

Vo id f Co ur se
o

Whe n t h e plan e ts are so p l aced that t h e Mo o n

mak e s n o asp e ct b e f o re l eavin g the Si gn Sh e is i n at
‘
bi rth Sh e i s sa i d t o be uo id of c o ur se
,
’
A s the Mo on
.

is the plan et o f f e cun dati o n whi c h n o uri shes an d

n urses the l ate n t p o t e n t i al i t i es in t o act ual i t i e s the
,

ab o ve i s an un f o rtun ate c o n di ti o n f o r wi th it if the

, ,

M o on i s in t h e be gin n in g o f a Si gn at b i rth it l eaves ,

the l i fe vap i d an d v o i d o f in ce n tive .

Wa t e r y Sig ns
Can c e r, Sco rp i o an d Pisces are cal l ed watery
‘ ’

si gns .Wat e r is t h e Un i versal So lven t , an d t h e Un i

versal Co a g ul an t i n t h e al che m i c al lab o rato ry o f
n ature On page 28 i t i s sh own h ow the Sun Of L i fe ,
.

the Eg o pa sses thr o ugh the waters Of parturi ti on i n

,

thre e de fin ite stag e s symb oli zed by the wat e ry Si gn s .

When the Sun i s at the hi gh est p o i n t o f i t s dc cl i

n at i o n i n t h e p sy chi c watery Si gn Can c er d e si gn at ,

ed by the an c ie n t Egypti an pri ests t h e sp h e r e of t h e

so ul s a wa i t i n g r e b i r t h i t is at the Thr o n e o f
, the
Father t h e Foun tain o f L i f e
, The r e i t draws fr o m
.

that i n e xhaustibl e wel l a n e w supply o f the e l i x i r

vi t ae f o r the c o m in g year an d f o rthwi th c o mmen ce s
,

it s descen t t o bri n g t h e treasure t o the wai ti n g w o rl d .

But t o d o thi s i t must first p ass thr o ugh the fire

o f i t s o wn Si gn Le o an d blen d fire a n d water
, Up on .

the succe ssful perf o rman c e Of thi s al chemi cal feat

depe n ds all m an i fested life .
 A PHI LOSOPHI C N CYC LOPEDI A
E OF AS TROLOG Y 1 75

In Oct o ber t h e Sun en te rs the se con d Of the

watery Si gn s , Sco rp i o , where the e n ergeti c L ucifer
Sp i ri t s o f Mars are en deavo rin g t o am al gam ate the
t wo an tagon isti c e l e m e n ts but n o t wi th c o mp l ete suc
,

c ess f o r t h e fir e o f p assi on an d the water s o f em o t i on

,

seethe b o il an d f o am i n war an d stri fe Thus t h e

, .

pure esse n c e Of l ife received fr o m o ur Father i n

H e ave n b sc om s tai n ted wi th pa ssi on whe n dragged
thro ugh the p o ol Of Sc o rp i o an d t o Ofiset thi s tain t ,

i t is bathed i n the fire o f asp i rati o n whe n the Sun

reac hes t h e fiery Si g n Sagi ttari us at Chr ist mas .

I n Marc h the Sun s p assage thr o ugh the l a st Of

’

t h e wate ry Si gn s P isce s r ai ses the sap in t h e tree s

, , ,

swell s the se e ds an d bud s by the expans i ve ray Of the

b e n e fic Jup i t e r t ill they are ready t o burst an d when ,

the Sun Of L i fe e n te rs in exal tati on o f p o wer the

fie ry Si g n A ri es it utt ers the c r eati ve fiat an d al l
,

n atur e burst s f o rth i n gl o ri o u s spl e n d o r Th e Fl am e .

o f D i vin e L i f e germ in ated a n d ge state d i n t h e watery

w o mb Of n ature i s then man i fe st in the wo rl d .

Zen i t h
Th e hi ghe stp oin t in the heaven s ab o ve the b i rth
p l a c e whe re the Sun i s at n o on al so call ed t h e Mid
, ,

heave n Thi s is the same f o r all l atitudes at a gi ven

.

si der e al t im e Thus if t wo chi ldren were b o rn at the

.
,

same Si dereal t ime o n e i n Al a ska t h e o ther in Mexi

, ,

c o b o th w o ul d ha ve the same degree o f the Zodi ac

,

on t h e Mid h e a ve n but thei r A sc en dan ts an d o ther

,
12
1 76 SI MPLIFIED SCIEN TIFI C AS TROLOGY

cusps wo ul d b e mat e ri all y d ifie r e n t causi n g the

, ,

pl an e ts t o be placed i n di fie r e n t h o use s an d m akin g

,

Se e Mid
‘
t h e l i ve s d issim il ar in every o ther re spect .

heave n an d H o uses
’ ‘
.
’

Zo d ia c
A arro w bel t i n the heaven s ex ten di n g ab o ut
n

e i ght degree s o n e i ther si de o f the e cl i pt i c o r Sun s

’

path Se e I n tell ectual Z o di ac

.
‘
.
’
 TAB LES 177

TAB LE OF P ROP ORTI ONA L L OGA RI TH M S

H o urs or D e grees
O 1 3 42 5 6 7 8
0 9 031 7781 6812 6021 5351 477 1
1 3730 07 56
. 07 . 6 3 67 9 8 09 41 62
3660| ,0720 89 83
. 45 84 59 9 7 30 53
3 6812 359 0 0685
. . 59 . 28 69 85 20 44
4 5563 3522 0649
. . 35 . 10 55 73 10 35
5 7 692 6741 59 61 5300 4726
6 ] 3802 | 3388| 05801
. . 88 . 49 5289 17
3 1 33 3323 0546
. . 65 . 57 12 37 79 08
2553 3258 051 1
. . 42 . 3 9 669 8 25 69 46 9 9
.2041 | 31 9 5| 0478| 1 9 | 22| 84
. . 13 59 90
87 9 6 7604 6670 59 02 5249 4682
117 0 307 1 04 11
. . 7 3 7 587
. 56 589 0 39 73
0 . 51 70 42 78 29 64
.0444 29 50 28 52 28] 66 19 55
0122 289 1 031 3
. . O6 35 14 55 09 46
1 5 1 9 823 1 2833 1 0280 8683 751 8 6600 5843 519 9 4638
. .

1 6 9 542 2775 0248

. . 61 . 01 6587 32 89 29
17 9 279 27 1 9
. 0216
. .39 84 73 20 79 20
1 8 9 03 1 2663 01 85
. . 17 . 67 59 09 69 11
19 .87 9 6 2607 01 53 859 5
. . 51 46 57 9 7 59 03
20 8573 7434 6532 5786 5149 459 4
21 836 1 249 9 009 1
. . 52
. 17 19 74 39 85
22 81 59 2445 0061
. . .30 01 05 63 29 77
23 7 9 6 6 239 3 0030
. . 09 7384 649 2
. 52 20 68
24 7 781 2341
. . 8487 68 78 40 10 59
8466 7351 6465 5729 5100 4551
26 | 2239 9 940
. 45
. 35 51 1 8 509 0 42
27 7270 21 88 9 9 10
. . 24
. 18 38 06 81 34
28 7 112 2139 9 881
. . 03
. 02 25 569 2 71 25
29 69 60 209 0 9 852 8382 7286
. . . 12 84 61 16
1 78 SI MPLIFIED SCIEN TIFI C AS TROLOG Y

TAB LE OF PROP ORTI ONAL L OGA RI TH MS

Min . H o urs or De fi es
1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8
30 8361 7270 639 8 567 3 5051 4508
31 6 670 1 9 9 3 9 79 4
. . . 41 54 85 62 42 449 9
32 .6 532 1 9 46 9 7 65
. . 21 38 72 51 32 91
33 6 39 8 1 89 9
. . 9 7 37. 00 22 59 40 23 82
34 6269
. 1 852 9 7 08 827 9
. . 06 46 29 13 74
35 8259 719 0 6333 561 8 5003 4466
36 | . 6 021 I 1 7 61 | 9 652
. . 39 74 20 07 49 9 4 57
37 59 02 1 7 1 6 9 625
. . . 19 59 07 559 6 84 49
38 57 86 1 67 1 9 597 819 9
. . . 43 629 4 85 75 40
39 5673 1 627 9 570
. . . 79 28 82 74 65 32
40 8159 7 1 12 6269 5563 49 56 4424
709 7 | 52 47 15
41 37 07
“
01 31 1 28 439 9
. 5149 9 435 8081
. 50 18 20 18 90
45 8062 7035 6205 5509 49 09 4382
46 . 49 56 1 331
. 9 383
. 43 20 61 9 3 549 8 00 74
47 . 4863 .1 29 0 9 356. 23 05 80 88 489 0 65
48 . 477 1 9 3 30
. 04 69 9 0 68 81 57
49 . 4682 1 209
. 9 305 7 985
. 75 55 66 72 49
7 9 66 69 60 6143 5456 4863 4341
51 . 4508 1130 9254
. . 47 45 31 45 53 33
52 . 4424 1 09 1 9228
. . 30 18 35 44 24
53 . 4341 1 053 9 203
. . 10 15 06 24 35 16
54 . 4260 ,1 01 5 9 1 7 8 789 1
. 00 609 4 14 26 08
55 787 3 6885 6081 5403 4817 4300
56 . 41 02 09 39
. 9 128
. 54 71 69 539 3 08 4292
57 . 4025 9 1 04
. 56 57 82 479 9 84
58 . 3949 9 07 9
. 41 45 72 89 76
59 . 3875 9 055
. 27 33 61 80 68
 TAB LES 1 79

TA B L E OF P ROP ORTI ONAL L OGARI THM S

H o urs or Deg e es

0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3802 3388 301 0 2663 2341 2041 17 61 149 8
3795 57 36 36 93
29 9 8 52 30 32 89
46 25 27 85
41 20 22 81
4220 37 66 3355 29 80 2635 23 1 5 2017 1738 147 6
29 10 12 72
24 05 08 68
18 00 03 64
1 3 229 5 1 9 9 8 60
4180 37 30 3323 2950 2607 89 1 9 9 3 1 71 6 1455
02 84 89 51
259 6 47
43
1 69 8 38
4141 369 5 329 1 29 21 2580 2264 1 69 4 1434
30
26
22
17
3 660 3258 1 946 1 67 1 141 3
09
05
01
1 39 7
4063 3625 3227 2862 139 3
88
84
80
76
1 80 SI MPLIFI ED SCI ENTIFIC AS TR OLOG Y

TA B L E OF PROP ORTI ONAL L OGA RI TH M S

H o urs o r D e gree s
 TAB LES 1 81

SA MPL E P A GE
SI MPL I FI ED SCI ENTI FI C TA B L ES OF H OUSES

L atitude 41 °
N. L atitude 42 °
N
.

H M S “

3 8 4 1 111 3 8 10 7
4

l
-E
4 9 54 2 1 4 9 11 8 wO
5 9 44 3 2 5 10 1 2 8
o
c H

4 1 6 26 6 10 33 4 3 6 11 13 9 5 1
9
5
O
20 40 7 1 2 14 1 0
1
7 1 1 1 3 10 23 5 4 0 O

P
3
24 55 8 1 2 14 11 13 6 5 8 13 15 1 1 0

29 10 9 1 3 1 5 12
‘
6 9 1 6 12 q C
J

3 3 26 1 0 14 1 6 1 2 7 10 16 1 3 q Q
37 42 11 1 5 17 1 3 8 11 1 7 13 o
o Q

4 41 59 1 2 1 6 1 8 14 35 9 9 12 1 6 18 14 o
t
D
C

46 1 6 1 3 17 19 15 26 10 10 13 17 1 9 1 5 34 10 D C

50 34 1 4 1 8 20 1 6 1 7 1 1 1 1 14 1 8 20 1 6 25 1 1 1 0

4 54 52 1 5 1 9 20 1 7 7 12 12 1 5 19 20 1 7 1 5 12 1 1
59 1 0 1 6 20 21 17 58 13 1 3 1 6 20 21 1 8 5 1 3 12
5 3 29 17 21 22 1 8 50 14 14 1 7 21 22 1 8 56 14 1 3

5 7 49 23 19 41 1 5 15 23 1 9 47
12 24 20 32 1 6 16 1 9 23 24 20 38 1 6 1 5
16 29 25 21 23 117 l1 6 | 20 24 1
25l21 28 17 1 6
1 82 SI MPLIFI ED SCI ENTIFI C AS TROLOG Y

SA MPL E PA GE
SIM PL I FI ED SCI ENTI FI C TA B L ES OF H OUSES
L atitude 41 °
N. L atitude 42
°
N.

H M S

1 0 1 9 48 3 5 0 20 58 22 27 3 5 0 20 30 21 26
23 35 4 6 1 21 42 23 28 4 6 1 21 1 4 22 27
27 22 5 7 2 22 27 23 28 5 7 2 21 58 22 28

1 0 31 8 6 8 3 23 7 24 29 6 8 3 22 42 23 29
34 54 7 9 4 23 55 25 7 9 4 23 26 24
3 8 40 8 1 0 5 24 40 26 1 8 10 5 24 1 0 25 1

1 0 42 25 9 11 6 25 24 27 2 9 1 1 6 24 53 26 2
46 9 10 11 6 26 8 27 3 1 0 11 6 25 38 26 3
49 53 11 1 2 7 26 52 28 4 1 1 12] 7 26 21 27 4

1 1 1 5 22 1 8 19 1 3 2 1 4 11 1 8 1 9 12 1 27 4 1 1
1 9 34 1 9 20 1 4 2 45 5 1 2 1 9 20 1 3 2 11 5 12
23 1 5 20 20 14 3 29 6 1 3 20 20 1 3 2 55 5 1 3
 TAB LES 1 83

SA M PL E P A GE
SI MPL I FI ED SCI ENTI FI C TA B LES OF H OUSES
L atitude 41 °
N. L atitude 42 °
N.

55 25 20
59 3 6 45

16 12 1 7 3 24 1 5 1 2 25 1 7
7 0 4 25 1 7 14 40 3 9 4 25 1 6 13 54 3 8
1 2 13 5 26 18 1 6 9 4 10 5 26 17 1 5 24 4 10

16 1 6 26 6 27 1 9 1 7 40 5 1 1 6 27 1 8 1 6 56 5 12
20 40 7 28 20 19 12 6 1 3 7 28 1 9 1 8 28 6 1 3
24 55 8 29 21 20 46 8 14 8 29 20 20 3 8 14

16 29 1 0 9 16 22 22 21 10 15 9 16 22 21 39 10 1 5
3 3 26 1 0 1 23 23 57 12 1 6 1 0 1 23 23 17 12 1 6
37 42 1 1 2 24 25 35 1 3 17 1 1 2 24 24 56 1 3 17

1 6 41 59 12 3 25 27 14 1 5 1 8 12 3 25 26 3 6 14 1 8
46 1 6 1 3 4 26 28 54 1 7 20 1 3 4 26 28 1 8 1 6 19
50 34 14 5 27 0 36 36 1 9 21 1 4 5 27 0 9G 1 1 8 20

16 54 52 1 5 6 29 2 19 20 22 1 5 6 28 1 46 20 22
59 1 0 1 6 7 4 21 23 16 3 32 21 23
17 3 29 17 8 1 5 50 23 24 17 8 1 5 20 23 25

17 7 49 1 8 9 2 7 36 25 25 1 8 9 2 7 8 25 26
12 9 1 9 1 0 4 9 24 26 26 1 9 1 0 3 8 58 27 27
1 6 29 20 1 1 5 1 1 1 3 27 27 20 11 5 1 0 49 28 28
1 84 SI MP LIFIED SCIENTIFI C AS TROLOGY
SA MPL E P A GE
SI MPL I FI ED SCI ENTI FI C TA B LES OF H OUSES

L at itude 41 °
N. L ati tude 42 °
N.

22 1 9 48 O
O 28 6 18 9
23 3 5 P
- 28 59 1 9 10
N
27 22 I
G 29 51 19 1 0

22 31 8 0 20 1 1
)
57 20 11 G
34 54 21 1 2 Q 1 34 21 1 2
38 40 40 22 13 D
C 2 25 22 1 3

22 42 25 3 0 23 14 D C 3 15 23 14
46 9 21 23 14 1 0 14 26 4 5 23 14
49 53 1 0 24 1 5 1 1 1 5 27 55 24 1 5

22 53 37 0 25 16 12 1 6 28
1
0 44 25 16
57 20 49 26 17 1 3 17 29
5
6 3 3 26 17
23 1 3 38 27 18 14 18 II
1
4“ 22 27 1 8

27 27 1 8 1 5 20 1 8 1 0 27 1 9
1 6 28 1 9 1 6 21 2 8 58 28 20
3 28 20 17 22 3 9 46 29 21

23 1 5 52 51 29 21 1 8 23 4 10
19 34 38 29 22 1 9 25 5 1 1 20 0 23
23 1 5 20 26 6 12 7 1 23
 A u g ust , 19 09
Ne w Moo n A ugust 1 5th in 61 21 ,
°
59 ’

L o n g itud e o f t h e Pl an e ts
D O 9 I? D b 21 8 W tI?
w
O
SL
' o
mz r 0
61
i
x
O
q
!
mz
o o r O c ) !
t
O
w l 0
23
1

56 5 12 3 22 23 1 3 14 40 1 8R1 8 1 7
9 7 1 7 1 7 55 1 3 15
21 9 22 2 36 3 9 14
34 1 1 27 1 7 28 14
47 1 3 30 2 T M 14
20 1 0 0 1 5 33 1 6 48 R14

1811 1 3 17 35 1 8 8 23 14 815
8 15 1512 26 1 9 35 1 5 11 13 20 20 3 54
9 16 1313 38 21 34 28 55 13 32 31 l 56
10 17 1014 51 23 32 1 21 122 13 44 42 1 7 59 58
11 18 816 4 25 28 25 35 12 56 52 57 1 8 O
12 19 617 17 27 23 8 25 33 1 1 17 86 1 55 2
1 3 20 3 18 29 29 16 21 20 10 20 9 53 4

1 4 21 1 19 42 1 0128 3 51 56 23 1 0 1 7 33 6 1 7 17 51 1 8 6
1 5 21 59 20 55 2 59 1 6 21 9 45 24 49 8
1 6 22 56 22 7 4 48 28 3 8 | 7 57 30 47 10
1 7 23 54 23 20 6 3 5 1 0711245 6 18 1 0 35 45 12
1 8 24 52 24 3 3 8 22 22 45 5 22 39 44 14
1 9 25 50 25 45 1 0 6 4 $ 39 4 34 42 42 16
20 26 47 26 58 11 50 1 6 29 2 47 45 40 18

21 27 45 28 1 0 13 32 28 1 9 23 0 18 59 6 47 17 39 18 19
22 28 43 29 23 1 5 1 2 1 0111 1 2 22 59 1 9 12 48 37 21
23 29 41 16 51 22 14 57 24 48 35 23
24 0111239 1 47 18 29 4 I 29 55 37 R47 34 25
25 1 37 3 0 20 6 17 2 53 49 45 32 26
26 2 3 5 4 1 2 21 41 29 59 51 20 2 43 31 28
27 3 32 5 25 23 15 49 15 40 29 30

28 4 30 6 37 24 47 27 1 7 22 47 20 27 6 3 6 17 28 1 8 32
29 5 28 7 49 26 18 1 1x 38 44 40 31 27 33
30 6 26 9 1 27 48 26 25 42 53 25 25 35
31 7 24 10 13 29 17 11 96 28 22 39 21 66 19 17 24 18 36
 A ugust , 19 09
Fu ll Mo o n A ugust l et i n at 8 33 ! ° ’

Full Moo n A ugust 3 1 st in 96 7 24

° ’

D e c li n ati o n of the Plan e ts

28 20 29 23 6 6 59 22
53 11 2 1 9 46
37 10 32 19 32 1 5 1 0
22 1 0 1 9 38
36 1 8 27 3 34
52 2 N37
O
O
J
I

l'
J
C c
— w
-
a

s
e
38 1 7
9 16
40 1 5
16 8
38 1 3
59 1 8
34 6
59
34
Pn
e F 11 15 1 9 22
Nm 41 14 38 24 20
m 1 1 13 56 25 13

—
41 1 3 1 3 24 45
o .
s
i c

O
O o 30 23 0 6
H 47 20 1 1
t

—
I
Oe
t 3 1 6 30
O
J
C
s i 1 8 12 1 0
n 34 7 26
‘
i
H
‘

U m 49 2 27
4 2 S 35

20 7 33 6
35 12 16
50 16 35
5 20 18
21 23 9
36 24 55
52 25 18

9 24 9 6
25 21 25
42 1 7 1 4
1 11 53 6
 TAB L E OF CONTENTS

PA RT I

I nt ro du ctio n
Chapter 1 . Th e Pl an e ts, Th e Se v e n Sp i ri ts
Befo re the Thro n e
Tim e an d P la ce as Fa ct o rs in
Cal cul ati on o f t h e H o rosc o p e . . 13 23
-

III . 243 1
IV . Th e Risi n g Si gn an d the Twel ve
32-49
V . H o w t o Cal cul ate the P osi ti on s
of the Pl an e ts
VI .

VI I . Maki n g the I n dex

PAR T II
A P hil oso p hi c En cycl o pedi a o f Astrol o gy .

Table o f L o gari thms

Table Of H o uses—Samp l e P ag es
Ephemeris—Sampl e P ages
Tabl es of Plan et ary H o urs
See I n dex on Foll o win g Pa ge .

19 3
 IND EX

TO PART I

A iry si gn s ( D i a gr a m ) 80
82
A p h e l i o n —wh e n sun is fa rth e st fr o m ea rt h 18
A sc e n da n t —a sp e c t s t o — i nfl u e n c e u p o n h e al t h 91
e a st e rn ho ri zo n i s—r e a so n f o r ! 30
h o w t o fin d 32 49
A sc e n si o n —si gn s o f l o n g a n d sh o rt —e x p l a in e d 49
A sp e c t s—c o n j u n c ti o n a n d p a r al le l var i a b l e 76
plan e ts W i t h in o r b o f . 77
so -c al l e d goo d a n d e vil 76
ta b l e o f e t c 75
t o asc e n d an t , in fl u e n c e u p o n h e a l t h 91
to M C . .
— Sp i ri t ual a d va n c e m e n t 91
A str ol o gy appl i e d t o da il y l i fe 5
d a n ge r o f givi n g b irth d a t a zt o o th e r s . 1
d iffe r e n ce b e t we e n m a t e ri a l a n d r e l i gi o u s 23
in val u ab l e t o m e d i c al m a n
“
. 1
n o t t o b e u se d f o r f o rtun e t e ll in g 12
stu dy o f — p re p are s f o r i n i ti a ti o n 7
stu dy t h e sc i e n c e y o u rse l f . 2
A tm o sph e r e at b i rth st a m p s at o m s . 23
i t s c h e m i c al c o n d iti on ch an ge s 22
—
A ur a o f p e o pl e m i n gl e b e fo re th e y m e e t 78
o f pl a n e t s Si m il a r t o th o se Of pe o pl e 79
B irth d ata , t h e ke y t o t h e so ul . 1
B i rth pl ac e —h i gh e st p o in t o n e a rt h 29
Bloo d—o x y ge n o f fir st br e ath m ix e s with 23
B o d e s Law 6
Bo dy —p art s o f , rul e d b y Si gn s 25
pro d u ce d b y lun a r fo rc e s 60
Ca r din al si gn s ( D i a gram ) 79
194
 I ND Ex 19 5

Cl im a t H o n di t i ons a ffe c t t e m p e r am e n t
. 27
Cloc k Of d e stin y — st ar s so call e d . 1
Co mm o n si gn s ( D i a gram ) 79
Co n c e p t i o n a n d g ro wth t h ro u gh t h e si g n s 28
Criti cal de gr e e s ( t a b l e o f ) 81
—
D a y —m e an so lar ave r age o f y e a r 18
Si d e r e a l- m e asure d fro m fi xe d st a r 18
D ay l igh t Savi n g 23
D e cl in ati o n o f m oo n . 88
Of p art o f fo rtun e 88
o f plan e ts 87
80
D i a gn o si s b y a str o lo gy 2
—
D i a gr am s Car din al , Fi xe d an d Co mm o n si gn s . 79
Fi e ry , Ear thy , A i ry an d W at e ry si gn s 80
h o u se ch ar ac te r i sti c s 30
lat i t u d e an d lo n gitu de 16
tim e zo n e s 21
D i gn iti e s—e sse n ti al 80
D i u rn al m o ti o n o f t h e e ar th —i s u n i f o rm 49
D ra go n s H e a d an d Tail
’
— e ffe c t o f 87
h o w fo u n d 60
Earth —p ol e s ch an ge 9
Ea rth y si gn s ( D i a gram ) 80
El e vati o n —n e ar t h e m i d he a ve n
- 82
Ep h e m e ri s 17
Equ i n o x —pr e c e ssi o n Of 26
Esse n ti al di gn i ti e s 80
Evil —th e re i s n o . 76
Ex a lt a ti o n ( se e di gni ti e s) 80 81
-

Ey ck — e ff e c t o n , o f Sat urn r e t r o gr a d e 74
Evoluti o n as i n d i c at e d b y p re c e ssi o n 25
a s in fl u e n ce d b y fixe d st a r s 27
Fa ll ( se e di gn i ti e s) 80- 81
Fie ry si gn s ( d i a gram ) 80
19 6 I Na

Fixe d si gn s
Fi xe d t
s ar s ( se e
Fo r t u n eh Par t of 60-6 1
P art d e cl in ati o n sa m e a s Sun
of, 88 89 -

te l lin g t o b e avo i d e d 12
Gre e n wi ch —b a se l in e f o r l o n gi t u de 17
M e a n Ti m e —
.

h o w t o fi gur e an d u se 50
Me an Tim e b r o u g h t i n to f o ll o wi n g d a y
b
66
Ho ro sc o p e —c h arts h o u se cha r ac te ri sti cs
, 30
orb illu str at e d 78
plan e t s a s c alculat e d 6 5 71 88 , ,

r i sin g si gn s c om p ar e d 46 .

si gn s o n c u sp s as c al c ulat e d

35, 40 42 44
n atural—c a st by rul e s of a st r olo gy 28
76
of wor l d ch an ge s fro m y e ar t o y e a r 27
H o use s a n d si gn s 24
a r e d ivi si o n s o f e ar th 25
a str o n o m i ca l b a si s Of 49
char ac te r i st i c s 30
c o rr e sp o n d t o si gn s 28
I n d e x—m a ki n g t h e
I n i t i ati o n un d e r t h e dir e c ti o n o f Ne p t un e
I n te l l e c t u al Zo d ia c—fir st d e gre e o f A ri e s

—
Jup i te r th r o wn o ff fro m Sun
Lati t u de c h ar t il lu str ati n g
d e sc rib e d

Lo garith m s —h o w t o fin d a n d u se

Lo n gi tu de —c h art i llu st rati n g

u se d to loca te m o vab l e plan e ts

M a n is m ad e in i m a g e Of Go d
M e ri di an o f lo n gitu de
 IND Ex 19 7

M e di ca l m an —ast r ol o gy in valu ab le
M e rcury —i n fer i o r o r sup e ri o r
“
M e ssa ge o f Star s d e a l s wi th m e d i ca l
!
phase of

astr ol o gy 2
29
M oo n —si de w e ve r se e
ne 1
Ne b ul ar th e o ry im pli e s first c au se 3
Ne p tu n e —a gr e a t sp ir it fro m c re a tive h i e r arc h i e s . 7
n o t p a rt o f so l a r sy st e m 6
Sun r i se s in w e st o n , 10
wo rk s wi th t h o se p re p ar in g f o r i n i ti ati o n 7
Or b d e scri b e d 77
P a r al l e l—a sp e c t e x pl a in e d 75
h o w t o fin d 87
—a str olo gy a n
P ar e n t a id to 2
P a rt o f Fo rtu n e —h o w l
t o c al c u a t e 60 63
—S
-

P e r ih e l i o n un neare st e ar th 18
Pl a c e l oc a te d b y l a t it u d e an d l o n gi tu d e 14
Pl an e ts b e l o w t h e e a rt h have l e ss i n fl ue n c e 30
di sta n c e fr o m Sun 6
e m b o d im e n t o f gr e a t sp i r i tu al i n te ll i ge n c e . 4
h o url y m o ti o n i n o rb i t s 8
h o w t o ca l c ul a t e po sit i o n o f 50-7 1
i n cl i n ati on o f ax e s . 8
se v e n sp i ri t s b e fo re t h e t h ro n e 3
24
ti m e o c cup i e d b y di urn al ro ta t o n o f
i
8
Re l i gi o n s—all m e n ti o n se ve n p lan e ta ry Sp ir i t s 5
Re tr o gr a d a ti o n —m e a n in g o f 72
Ri sin g Si gn 32
Si ght —sp iri t u al 78
Si gn s an d h o u se s . 24- 3 1
cla ssi fic at i on Of 7 9 80
-

i n t e rc e p t e d —h o w t o fin d 37
o f l o n g asc e n si o n
1 98 INs

rul in g d iffe re n t p arts of

So lar d a y
sy st e m c o n si d e re d as b o d y of God
Sta r s d o n o t co m p e l
fix e d — b r in g a b o u t ch a n g e s i n cl i m a t e
fix e d —twi n kl in g p ul sati o n s
Sun —in cl i n a ti o n o f ax i s t o pl an e o f e c l i pti c
r i se s in we st o n Ne p t u n e an d U r an u s

r o t a t io n o n a xi s

th r e w Off pl an e t s a t p ro p e r di st a n ce s
th ro n e o f Go d
tim e —d iffe re n c e b e twe e n sun a n d cl o ck
. .

Tab l e s—a sp e c t s
cr i t i c al d e gr e e s

d e p a rtm e n ts o f l i fe rule d b y h ou se s
h o url y m o t i o n o f pl a n e ts i n o r b it s
il l u str a ti n g Bo d e s La w
’
.

i n cli n a ti o n o f ax e s o f pl a n e ts
i n d e x o f a sp e c ts e t c
, .

pl a n e ta ry p owe rs
si gn s pl a n e ts a n d a sp e c t s
,

si gn s rul i n g p art s o f t h e b o d y

tim e o f d i urn al r o t a t io n o f pl an e ts
tim e o f o rb it al r e volutio n o f pl an e t s
Tim e —Gre e n wi ch M e a n ( G M T ) . . .

Si d e r e al —h o w t o fin d .

st a n d a r d—a d o p te d i n A m e r i c a

tru e l o ca l—h o w t o fin d
wh e n ch il d draws fir st b re a th
zo n e s i n U n i t e d State s

Wate ry si gn s ( di a gra m )
Zo di a c fi—a c ircl e d ivi d e d i n t o 3 60 d e gr e e s
n a t ur al a n d i n t e ll e c t u a l

n e w d e g re e ri se s e ve ry fo ur m i n u t e s

Si gn s o f
 The Citie ssage at t he fil m '
/ s

BY MAx HEIN DEL AND A UGU S TA FO SS HEINDEL

On e of t h e m ost c om pl e t e systems Of chara ct e r d e

l in eat io n an d read in g the h o r osco p e f o r medi cal
di agn o sis y e t given t o m o d e rn astr o l o gy .

Wi th m an y n on e c t hni cal arti cl es t o in terest the

g e n e ral stu d e n t o f t h e o cc ul t a simpl e metho d o f

,

PROGRESSI ON A ND PRED I CTI ON ,

an d a ne w i nd ex f or qui c kl y l o cat in g desired in .

f ormati o n i t is in dee d a c l assi c in it s real m

, .

In the s ect io n on Medi cal Astr ol o gy the autho rs

have given a syst e m that is based on year s o f p r ac

t i cal exp e ri en ce . Thirty Six -

examp l e h o rosc o p e s are
in cl ud e d , an d the s ub j e ct is dealt with m ost tho r
o ughly .

YOU NEED TH I S B OOK !

708 P ag es . Cl o th B o un d . P ostpaid .

Th e Rosic r u cia n Fe ll owsh ip ,

M t Ec c l e sia
.

Oc e a nsid e , Cal i fo r ni a .
 fi p
tm l ifie h fi cim fi ic f Eph e me ris
1860 TO D A TE . PRI CE, 250 EA CH YEA R

TH I S I S A S UPERI OR EPH EMERI S

A T A SMALLER PRICE
I SS UED
TH AN IS FREQ UENTLY CHARGED BY OTHERS
A glan ce at this pub l i cat ion w ill at on ce Sh ow the
A stro l o ger a n um ber o f advan tag e s in o ur arran ge
m ent . Th e t im e s an d pla c e s o f Ne w M o on s Ful l ,

M o on an d Ecli p se s ar e plain ly marke d al so the ,

M o on s No d e Tabl es o f l o garithm s are gi ven f o r 24

’
.

h o urs Th e l atitud e o f all the p l an ets is in clude d

. .

Th e typ e is as l arge as use d in this b o ok , t he prin t

is cl e ar I t w ill save e y e strain
. .

SI M PLI F I ED

fi t ie ntific Table s of gam e rs

L atitu d e s 25 t o In clusive
60 D e gr e es,
Vo lum e 1 . V o lum e 2 Vo lum e 3
. .

25 36 d e gr e e s
-
3 7 48 d e gr e e s
.
- 49 69 d e grees -

WI TH L ONG I TUD ES an d L A TI TUD ES

o f ab o u t

FI FTEEN H UND RED CI TI ES OF TH E W ORLD

Th e se Tabl e s o f H o uses ar e prin te d in Size an d styl e
u n i f o rm w ith o ur Sim pl ifi e d Sc ie n tifi c Ephe m e ri s ;
l arge typ e , c l e ar pr i n t an d fin e pap e r .

—50 c e n ts e ac h P ostpai d .

Th e Ro si cr u c ia n Fe l l o wsh ip ,
M t Ec cl e si a
.

Ocea nsid e , Cal iforn ia .

 Um es o nhent e
p Courses
—IN
Th e Ro si c r u c i an Ph il o so p h y an d

A st r o l o g y
( 1) Rosi c r u ci an Ph il osop h y

Usin g t h e Cosm o Co n c e p t i on by M ax He in del

-
as a

t e xtb o o k this c o urse o f twelve le sso ns p oin ts t o a

,

l o g i cal e x plan at i o n Of the o ri g in e vo l utio n an d f u

, ,

t u re deve l o pmen t o f man kin d an d o p e ns t h e way t o a

,

de eper kn o wl e dg e o f this gr e at sub j e c t Thi s phil o s .

o p h y se e ks t o make Chri st i an ity a l i vi n g fac t o r i n t h e

wo r l d an d t o co mb in e the etern al facts o f Sci en ce A r t

, , ,

a n d Rel i g i on Th is co urse is o p en t o al l those i n ter

.

e st e d .

( 2) A st r ol og y

We wan t t o assist y ou i n he l p i ng y our se l f and

o the rs This c o rr e sp o n den ce c o urse will teach y o u the
.

im p o rtan c e Of astr o l o gy as a phase o f r e li g i on an d a

D ivi n e Sc i en c e Th e o n e restr ict i on is that o ur p up il s
.

may n o t pr ostitute the kn owl e d ge thus Obtain e d f or

gain in an y way An yon e n ot en gaged i n fo rtun e
.

t e llin g o r sim il ar meth o ds o f c omm e rci al izin g sp ir

i t u al kn owl e d g e may be admi tted t o this c o urse .

Fo r adm issi o n t o these c o urses address,

( I ) P h il oso phy Se cretary .

( II ) A str ol o gy Secr e tary .

The Rosic r uci a n Fe l l owsh ip ,

M t Eccl e sia
.

Oce an sid e , Cal i for n ia .

 R
Q nsit m zian a smnfl l um e t inn
p
B Y MA X HEI NDEL
Eig h t h Edi t io n Wi t h Ne w 70 Pag e I n d e x
This b oo k g ive s a mplete o utli n e o f the W e st e r n
co

Wisd o m Te ach i ng as far as it may be made p ub li c at

t h e pr e se n t t ime .Th e Ro si c ruci an Br o therho o d fr o m
ti m e t o tim e give s o ut o ccul t t e achin gs t o the p ubl i c
i n su ch a m an n e r that th e i r e xpr e ssi o n co n fo rms t o
t h e in te llect u al d e ve l o p m e n t o f the t ime s Th is i s t h e
.

l atest o f the i r co m m un i cat i ons .

M ax H e in d e l was the ac cr e d it e d agen t o f the Rosi

c ru c i an Br o therh o o d c o mmi ssi o n e d t o g ive the c o n
,

t e n ts o f thi s b o o k t o the w o rld Th e re is n o o ther b o ok

.

that c on ta ins so c omplete an e xp ositio n o f t h e fa cto rs

that e n t e r in t o the c re ation o f t h e un ive rse an d o f
m an an d all i t s stat e m en ts are in kee p in g wi th the r e
sul t s o f sc i e n t ifi c resear c h .

P art I is a tr e atise o n t h e Visibl e an d the In vi si bl e

Wo rlds M an a n d t h e M e th o d o f Evo luti o n Rebi rth
, ,

an d t h e L aw o f Cause a n d Effe c t .

P art II take s u p the scheme o f Evolut io n in gen e ral

an d the Evo lut ion o f the So l ar Syst e m an d the Earth

in part i cular .

P art III treats o f Chr ist an d H is M issi o n Futu r e ,

D e ve l o pm e n t o f M an a n d Ini t i ati o n Esot e ri c Trai n

,

in g an d a Safe M e tho d o f A cqui ri n g Fi rst han d -

Kn owledge .

61 6 P ages . Cl oth B oun d . Post f r e e .

Th e R osi c r u ci a n Fe l l owsh ip ,
M t Ec c l e sia
.

Oce ansid e , Ca l i for n ia .

 Manh at tan fl
g p
nt e r mtafinn of

t fistianitg
ANCI ENT TRUTH S I N M OD ERN D RESS
Pri c e l oc Each , Po st f r e e

1 . Th e Ri ddl e of Li fe an d D e a th .

2 . Wh e re A r e t h e D e ad ?
3 Sp ir itu a l Si gh t a n d t h e Sp i ri tu al Wo rl d s .

4 Sl e e p , D r e a m s, Tran c e , H y p n o ti sm , M e d ium sh i p
a n d I n sa n i t y .

5 . D e at h a n d Li fe i n P ur ga t o ry .

6 . Life a n d A c t ivit in B e av
B irth a Fo ur f o l Eve n t
3
. .

Th e Sc i e n ce o f Nutr i tio n , H e alth a n d Pr o tra cte d

Yo uth .

9 . Th e A st r on o m i c al Al l e go ri e s o f t h e Bi b l e .

10 . A str o l o gy ; I t s Sc o p e a n d Lim i t a ti o n s .

11 . Sp ir itu al Si gh t an d I n si gh t .

12 . P ar si fal .

13 . Th e A n g g e l s a s Fac to r s i n Evolutio n .

14 . Lu c ife r , Te m p t e r o r B e n e fa cto r ?
1a Th e My ste ry of G o l go th a a n d t h e Cl e a n sing
Bl oo d .

16 . Th e St a r of B e thl e he m ; A My sti c Fa ct .

17 . Th e M y st e ry o f t h e H ol y Gr a il .

Th e Lo r d s Pr a y e r
’
18 . .

19 . Th e Co m i n g Fo r ce ; Vr il o r Wh at ?
No . 20 . Fe ll owsh i p a n d t h e Co m i n g Ra c e .

l e c ture s ar e p a rt i cula rl y su it ab l e f o r b e gi n n e r s
Th e se .

Re a d c o n sec utive l y th e y give a c o m p r e h e n sive o u tl in e o f o ur

,

philo so ph y .

TH EY FI T TH E POCK ET
an d all o w a b u sy m an t o u til iz e t im e on c ars en ro ut e to or
f r o m b u sin e ss .

GI VE ONE TO A FRI END

I t is an in e x pe n sive an d a he l pful g i ft .

The Rosi cr u cia n Fe l l owsh ip ,

M t Ec c l e sia
.

Oc ea nsid e , Cal if or n ia .
 li
Che g nsit m t ian ‘H
fi steriea
C g
A N ELEMENTA RY EXPOSI TI QN
BY MAX HEI NDEL

This is t h e B ook fo r t h e b usy m an .

wh o is seeki n g a so l ut io n t o the Gr e at Myst ery call ed

l ife but la cks l e isur e t o wa d e thr o u gh v o l um es o f
m e t ap h y smal spe culat io n s Th e l u ci d an d l o g i c al ex
.

p l an ati ons carry c o n vi cti o n —th e y b e ar

TH E S TA MP OF TR UTH
Ne verthel ess ,
t he lan guage is so sim pl e cl ear an d de ,

v o i d o f te c hn i c al ities th at a ch i ld can und e r st a nd i t s

m e ssag e I t is the r e fo re speci ally sui t ed t o beg in n ers
. .

1 9 8 pp . cl o t h . Po st fr e e .

ga fil
l ! mf lin c h! Christ
(

me s e

at
E
l ia (flamin 2
g

This b oo k tel ls that Chr ist wil l return in an

us

etheri c, n o t a physi cal b o dy Hen ce man kin d must

.

devel o p the etheri c b o dy t o the p o in t whe re they can

'

f un cti on i n i t consci o usly befo re Chr ist w ill return .

Th e n th e y wi ll p ossess the i nn er sp iritu al percepti on

by whi ch th e y w il l b e abl e t o reco gni z e Him .

The se matters a r e full y e lu ci dated in this b o ok .

29 P ages . P aper B o un d 15a Po st f r e e

. .

Th e Rosic r uc ia n Fe ll owsh ip ,
M t Ec c l e sia.

Oc e ansid e , Ca l i fo r ni a .
 gh re e masun r
g e mit Cat holicism
BY MAm Nn EL

A n Esoteri c Tre atise the Un derl yin g Fa cts r e

on

gardin g th ese t wo great Insti tutio ns a s determin ed by

o c c ul t in vest i gat i o n .

I t e xp l a in s i n terms o f Mysti c Mason ry t h e co n

fl ic t b e twe e n the So n s o f Ca in an d t h e So ns o f
Se th an d un ravels t h e alle g o ry d e al in g wi th t h e bui l d
,

i n g o f So l o m o n s Te m ple t h e Q uee n o f Sheba , an d

’
,

the Gran d Master, Hi ram A b iff .

I f y o u are in te rested in the symb ol s o f Maso n ry i n ,

kn o win g the so u rce o f the se myst e r ie s whi c h hav e

c o m e d own t o us fr o m p ast ages thi s is the b oo k y o u
,

wan t .

On l y a tra in e d Seer c oul d have read the Akash i c

Re c o rds o f t h e p ast an d g ive n such a cl e ar exp l an at i o n
o f the i r m e a n in g .

In ddit ion read wh at the au tho r says ab o ut t h e

a ,

famo us P hil o so pher s St o n e o f the Al chem ists the

’
,

P ath o f I n iti ati on , an d the Comi n g A g e .

Th is B o o k Sh o uld B e i n Eve r y M ason ’

s Lib r a r y .

98 P ages . Cl o th B o un d . Po st fr ee .

Th e Rosic r u cia n Fe l l owsh ip ,

M t Ec c l e si a
.

Oc e a nsid e , Cal i fo r ni a .
 M gh s rnm t he a ae (lim it s
Th e A m e r i ca n M y st i c M on t h l y

A M on thly M agaz in e of Mysti c L i ght de voted to

p hi l oso phy , oc uc ltism ,

m yst i c m ason ry astrol o gy
, , an d

heal in g .

Th ose wh o d e si r e kn o wl e d g e and g uid ance

a l on g the Pa t h o f t he W e st e r n Wisd om
Te ac hi n g s wi l l fin d t h is m a g azi n e a c onst a n t

It xp o un ds an d su pp orts o c cul t an d mysti cal

e

phil oso phy in a m ost in stru ct ive a n d i n t e re stin g m an

ner . I t c arri e s su ch spe ci al d e partm e n ts a s :

Q u e st i on s an d A n sw e r s on M y st i c al Sub j e ct s
Ed i t o r i a l D i scussi o n o f Cur r e n t Eve n t s
A st r o l og i ca l Re a d i n g s

Occul t St o r i e s

On e o f t h e fo r e m ost m ag a zi n e s o f i t s kind i n A m e ri ca .

P ri c e p er y e ar in U S . . an d Can ada .

Oth e r Co u n trie s,

The Rosic r u ci an Fe l l owsh ip ,

M t Ec c l e sia
.

Oc e a ns i d e , Ca l if o r n i a .